Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / SiNtx Technologies, Inc.

SiNtx Technologies, Inc.

sint · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker sint
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · SiNtx Technologies, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

[  ] Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

or

For the transition period from _______ to _________

Commission File No. 001-33624

SINTX Technologies, Inc.
(previously known as “Amedica Corporation”)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

84-1375299
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

1885 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, UT 84119
(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)

(801) 839-3500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol
SINT

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-Accelerated Filer

[  ]

[  ]

Accelerated Filer

Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

[  ]

[X]
[  ]

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last

sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $26,936,976.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, as of March 19, 2020 was 10,563,618.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

None

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item Number and Caption

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III  
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

2

Page

4
4
26
46
46
46
46

47
47
47
48
59
59
59
59
60

61
61
67
72
73
74

75
75
81
82
F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act  of  1995,  Section  27A  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than
statements  of  historical  fact  are  forward-looking  statements.  SINTX  Technologies,  Inc.  (“we”,  “us”,  “ourselves”,  “the  Company”)  has  tried  to  identify  forward-looking
statements by using words such as “believe,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “will,” “aim,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan” and similar words. These
forward-looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and estimates of future events and trends. Forward-looking statements are only predictions and
are subject to many risks, uncertainties and other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted.
These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  factors  affecting  our  quarterly  and  annual  results,  our  ability  to  manage  our  growth,  our  ability  to  sustain  our
profitability, demand for our products, our ability to compete successfully, our ability to rapidly develop and introduce new products, our ability to develop and execute on
successful  business  strategies,  our  ability  to  comply  with  changes  and  applicable  laws  and  regulations  that  are  applicable  to  our  businesses,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our
intellectual property, our success in defending legal proceedings brought against us, trends in the medical device industry, and general economic conditions, and other risks set
forth  throughout  this Annual  Report,  including  under “Item  1,  Business,”  “Item  1A,  Risk  Factors,” and “Item  7,  Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” and those discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Moreover, we operate in
an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess
the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any
forward-looking statements.

Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual
Report  speak  only  as  of  the  date  of  this Annual  Report.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any  forward-looking  statements  as  a  result  of  new  information,  events  or
circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after the date hereof.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We will make our annual
report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports available through our Internet site, https://ir.sintx.com/ as
soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such materials with the SEC. They may also be obtained free of charge by writing to SINTX Technologies, Inc., Attn:
Investor Relations, 1885 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, UT 84119. In addition, copies of these reports may be obtained through the SEC’s website at  www.sec.gov or by
visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 800-SEC-0330. Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ
Capital Market under the symbol “SINT.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Annual Report reflects a 1-for-15 reverse split of our common stock which was effected on January 25, 2016, a 1-
for-12 reverse split which was effected on November 10, 2017, and a 1-for-30 reverse split which was effected on July 26, 2019.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

 PART I

Overview – SINTX Technologies

We are an advanced materials company focused on providing ceramic based solutions in a variety of medical and industrial applications. To date, our primary focus has been
the research, development and commercialization of medical implant products manufactured with silicon nitride. We believe that silicon nitride has a superb combination of
properties that make it ideally suited for long-term human implantation. Other biomaterials are based on bone grafts, metal alloys, and polymers- all of which have well-known
practical limitations and disadvantages. In contrast, silicon nitride has a legacy of success in the most demanding and extreme industrial environments. As a human implant
material, silicon nitride offers bone ingrowth, resistance to bacterial and viral infection, ease of diagnostic imaging, resistance to corrosion, and superior strength and fracture
resistance, among other advantages, all of which claims are validated in our large and growing inventory of peer-reviewed, published literature reports. We believe that our
versatile silicon nitride manufacturing expertise positions us favorably to introduce new and innovative devices in the medical and non-medical fields.

We  also  believe  that  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  commercialize  silicon  nitride  medical  implants.  Prior  to  October  1,  2018,  we  designed,  manufactured  and
commercialized  silicon  nitride  products  for  our  own  behalf  in  the  spine  implant  market.  Over  35,000  of  our  spinal  implants  manufactured  with  silicon  nitride  have  been
implanted into patients, with an excellent safety record. On October 1, 2018, we sold our spine implant business to CTL Medical and now manufacture spine implants made
with silicon nitride for CTL Medical. Prior to selling our spine implant business to CTL Medical, we had received 510(k) regulatory clearance in the United States, a CE mark
in  Europe, ANVISA  approval  in  Brazil,  and ARTG  and  Prostheses  approvals  in Australia  for  a  number  of  silicon  nitride  spine  implant  products  designed  for  spinal  fusion
surgery. Spine implant products manufactured by us from silicon nitride are currently marketed and sold by CTL Medical under the Valeo® brand to surgeons and hospitals in
the United States and to selected markets in Europe and South America. These implants are designed for use in cervical (neck) and thoracolumbar (lower back) spine surgery.
We are collaborating with CTL Medical to establish commercial partners in other parts of the world and also working with other  partners  to  obtain  regulatory  approval  for
silicon nitride implants in Japan.

The sale of our spine implant business to CTL Medical enables us to now focus on our core competencies. These core competencies are research and development of silicon
nitride  and  the  design  and  manufacture  of  medical  and  nonmedical  products  manufactured  from  silicon  nitride  and  other  ceramic  materials  for  our  own  account  and  in
collaboration  with  other  manufacturers.  We  are  targeting  original  equipment  manufacturer  (“OEM”)  –  including  CTL  Medical  -  and  private  label  partnerships  in  order  to
accelerate adoption of silicon nitride in future markets such as coating products with silicon nitride, hip and knee replacements, dental and maxillofacial implants, extremities,
trauma, and sports medicine. Existing biomaterials, based on plastics, metals, and bone grafts have well-recognized limitations that we believe are addressed by silicon nitride,
and we are uniquely positioned to convert existing, successful implant designs made by other companies into products manufactured with silicon nitride. OEM and private label
partnerships  allow  us  to  work  with  a  variety  of  partners,  accelerate  the  adoption  of  silicon  nitride,  and  realize  incremental  revenue  at  improved  operating  margins,  when
compared to the cost-intensive direct sales model.

We  believe  that  silicon  nitride  addresses  many  of  the  biomaterial-related  limitations  in  fields  such  as  hip  and  knee  replacements,  dental  and  maxillofacial  implants,  sports
medicine, extremities, and trauma surgery. We further believe that the inherent material properties of silicon nitride, and the ability to formulate the material in a variety of
compositions, combined with precise control of the surface properties of the material, opens up a number of commercial opportunities across orthopedic surgery, neurological
surgery, maxillofacial surgery, and other medical disciplines.

Our  grade  of  silicon  nitride  is  of  a  very  high  quality  and  is  well  suited  for  a  wide  variety  of  applications  that  would  benefit  from  its  mechanical,  thermal,  and  chemical
properties. We have several commercial partnerships and have opportunities ranging from low-volume, highly engineered components to high-volume simple shapes.

We operate a 30,000 square foot manufacturing, laboratory and administrative facility at our corporate headquarters in Salt Lake City, Utah, and we believe we are the only
vertically integrated silicon nitride medical device manufacturer in the world.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview - Biomaterials

Biomaterials  are  natural  or  synthetic  biocompatible  materials  that  are  used  in  virtually  every  medical  specialty  to  improve  or  preserve  body  functionality.  Various  types  of
biomaterials are used as essential components in medical devices, drug delivery systems, replacement and tissue repair technologies, prostheses, and diagnostic technologies.

There are four general categories of biomaterials:

● Ceramics. Ceramics  are  hard,  non-metallic,  non-corrosive,  heat-resistant  materials  made  by  shaping  and  then  applying  high  temperatures. Traditional  ceramics
commonly used as biomaterials include carbon, oxides of aluminum, zirconium and titanium, calcium phosphate and zirconia-toughened alumina. Examples of medical
uses of ceramics include repair, augmentation or stabilization of fractured bones, bone and joint replacements, spinal fusion devices, dental implants and restorations,
heart valves and surgical instruments.

● Metals. Metals  commonly  used  as  biomaterials  include  titanium,  stainless  steel,  cobalt,  chrome,  gold,  silver  and  platinum,  and alloys  of  these  metals.  Examples  of
medical  uses  of  metals  include  the  repair  or  stabilization  of  fractured  bones,  stents, surgical  instruments,  bone  and  joint  replacements,  spinal  fusion  devices,  dental
implants and restorations and heart valves.

● Natural biomaterials. Natural biomaterials are derived from human donors, animal or plant sources and include human bone, collagen, gelatin, cellulose, chitin, alginate
and  hyaluronic  acid.  Examples  of  medical  uses  of  natural  biomaterials  include  the  addition or  substitution  of  hard  and  soft  tissue,  cornea  protectors,  vascular  grafts,
repair and replacement of tendons and ligaments, bone and joint replacements, spinal fusion devices, dental restorations and heart valves.

●

Polymers. Polymers are synthetic compounds consisting of similar molecules linked together that can be created to have specific properties. Polymers commonly used as
biomaterials  include  nylon,  silicon  rubber,  polyester,  polyethylene,  cross-linked  polyethylene  (a  stronger  version),  polymethylmethacrylate,  polyvinyl  chloride  and
polyetheretherketone – which is commonly referred to as PEEK. Examples of medical uses of polymers include soft-tissue replacement, sutures, drug delivery systems,
joint replacements, spinal fusion devices and dental restorations.

Our Silicon Nitride Technology Platform

We  believe  we  are  the  only  FDA-cleared  and  ISO  13485  certified  silicon  nitride  medical  device  manufacturing  facility  in  the  world,  and  the  only  provider  of  structural
ceramics-based medical devices used for spinal fusion applications. Silicon nitride is a chemical compound comprised of the elements silicon and nitrogen, with the chemical
formula Si3N4. Silicon nitride, an advanced ceramic, is lightweight, resistant to fracture and strong, and is used in many demanding mechanical, thermal and wear applications,
such as in space shuttle bearings, jet engine components and body armor.

We believe our silicon nitride is ideal as an implant material and is superior to other biomaterials currently used in the market such as PEEK, allograft and autograft bone, metal
and traditional oxide ceramics, none of which possess all of the favorable characteristics of silicon nitride:

●

Promotes Bone  Growth.  Our  silicon  nitride  is  osteointegrative  through  its  inherent  surface  topography  and  surface  chemistry.  The surface  topography  provides
scaffolding for new bone growth. As a hydrophilic material, silicon nitride attracts protein cells  and nutrients that stimulate osteoprogenitor cells to differentiate into
osteoblasts, which are needed for optimal bone growth environments. Our silicon nitride has an inherent surface chemistry that favors bone formation and healing, much
more so than PEEK and metals. These properties were highlighted in an in vivo study, where we measured the force required to separate devices from the spine after
being implanted for three months, which indicates the quality of osteointegration. In the absence of bacteria, the force required to separate our silicon nitride from its
surrounding  bone  was  approximately  three  times  that of  PEEK,  and  nearly  two  times  that  of  titanium.  In  the  presence  of  bacteria,  the  force  required  to  separate  our
silicon nitride from its surrounding bone was over five times that of titanium, while there was effectively no separation force required for PEEK, indicating essentially no
osteointegration in a septic environment.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

Antibacterial. We  have  demonstrated  in in vitro  and in vivo studies that silicon nitride has inherent surface antibacterial properties, which reduce the risk of bacterial
infection and biofilm in and around a silicon nitride device. PEEK, traditional ceramics, metals and bone do not have this bacterial resistance. These properties were
highlighted  in  an in  vitro  study (Acta  Biomater.  2012  Dec;8(12):4447-54.  doi:  10.1016/j.actbio.2012.07.038.  Epub  2012  Jul  31.),  where  live  bacteria  counts  were
between 8 and 30 times lower on our silicon nitride than PEEK and up to 8 times lower on our silicon nitride than titanium. In addition to improving patient outcomes,
we believe the antibacterial properties of our silicon nitride should make it an attractive biomaterial to hospitals and surgeons who  are  not  reimbursed  by  third-party
payers for the treatment of acute, implant-related infections. Additionally, silicon nitride is synthetic and, therefore, there is a lower risk of disease transmission  through
cross-contamination or of an adverse auto-immune response, sometimes associated with the use of allograft bone.

Antiviral: Solid-surface inactivation of microbial pathogens has ancient roots; the Smith Papyrus (2600~2200 B.C.) described the use of copper surfaces to sterilize chest
wounds  and  drinking  water.  Today,  brass  and  bronze  on  door  knobs  help  prevent  microbial  spread  in  hospitals,  and  metal  particles  and  surface  coatings  of  selected
metals are used in hygiene-sensitive environments, both as inactivators and adjuvants in inducing cellular immunity. Cellular toxicity limits these approaches because
while the reactive oxygen radicals generated at metal surfaces efficiently kill bacteria and viruses, they also damage cells by oxidizing their proteins and lipids. Recent
data have shown that silicon nitride surfaces are effective against several types of viruses. With surface-contact transmission of viral pathogens, particularly influenza,
and the increasing use of consumer touchscreens in various retail industries, we believe that our material has value to OEM partners focused on consumer glass-based
surface coatings and treatments. We have filed a U.S. patent application on this effect.

Antifungal: We have conducted preliminary studies which suggest that our silicon nitride may be effective against fungal microbes. Plant-based viruses, bacteria, and
fungi  affect  some  15%  of  the  world’s  edible  crops,  or  about  1  billion  metric  tons  of  edible  produce  annually,  with  an  economic  impact  in  the  US  and  Canada  alone
estimated to be between $1.5 to $5 Billion per year. The mycotoxins produced by these plant fungi have an overall negative impact on human health and longevity. The
inorganic nature of silicon nitride may prove to be more beneficial than the use of petrochemical or organometallic fungicides which are known to have residual effects
in soil, on plants, and in fruit

Imaging Compatible. Our  silicon  nitride  interbody  spinal  fusion  devices  are  semi-radiolucent,  clearly  visible  in  X-rays,  and  produce no distortion under MRI and no
scattering under CT. These characteristics enable an exact view of the device for precise intra-operative placement and post-operative bone fusion assessment in spinal
fusion procedures. These qualities provide surgeons with greater certainty of outcomes with our silicon nitride devices than with other biomaterials, such as PEEK and
metals.

● Hard, Strong and Resistant to Fracture. Our silicon nitride is hard, strong and possesses superior resistance to fracture over traditional ceramics and greater strength than
polymers currently on the market. For example, our silicon nitride’s  flexural strength is more than five times that of PEEK and our silicon nitride’s compressive strength
is over twenty times that of PEEK. Unlike PEEK interbody spinal fusion devices, we believe our silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devices can withstand the forces
exerted during implantation and daily activities over the long term.

●

Resistant to Wear.  We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  joint  implant  product  candidates  could  have  higher  resistance  to  wear  than  metal-on-cross-linked  polyethylene  and
traditional oxide ceramic-on-cross-linked polyethylene joint implants, the two most commonly used total hip replacement implants. Wear debris associated with metal
implants increases the risk of metal sensitivity and metallosis. It is a primary reason for early failures of metal and polymer articulating joint components.

● Non-Corrosive. Our silicon nitride does not have the drawbacks associated with the corrosive nature of metal within the body, including metal sensitivity and metallosis,
nor does it result in the release of metal ions into the body. As a result, we believe our  silicon nitride products will have lower revision rates and fewer complications
than comparable metal and traditional oxide ceramic products.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  and  a  number  of  independent  third  parties  have  conducted  extensive  biocompatibility,  biomechanical, in vivo  and in  vitro testing  on  our  silicon  nitride  composition  to
establish its safety and efficacy in support of regulatory clearance of our biomaterial, products and product candidates. We have also completed additional testing of our silicon
nitride  products  and  product  candidates.  The  results  of  this  testing  have  been  published  in  over  130  peer  reviewed  publications  and  presentations  that  include  basic  science
studies, small- and large-animal data, and human clinical studies. We believe that our product development strategy is consistent with the manner in which other biomaterials
have been successfully introduced into the market and adopted as the standard of care. Listed below is an overview of some of the key testing completed on our silicon nitride
biomaterial, products and product candidates to date, as well as other information about our silicon nitride and other biomaterials.

Supporting Data

Biocompatibility

Before our silicon nitride was cleared by the FDA in 2008, we conducted a series of biocompatibility tests following the guidelines of the FDA and ISO and submitted the
results to the FDA as part of the regulatory clearance process. These tests confirmed that our silicon nitride products meet required biocompatibility standards for human use.

Promotion of Bone Growth

In 2012, we conducted two separate studies at Brown University, the results of which suggest that the chemistry and inherent surface topography of our solid silicon nitride
provides an optimal environment for bone growth onto and around the device.

The first study was a series of in vitro analyses of protein adsorption, or presence on the surface of the biomaterial, onto silicon nitride, PEEK and titanium. The results of this
study indicated that adsorption of two key proteins necessary for bone growth (fibronectin and vitronectin) were up to eight times greater on our silicon nitride than on PEEK,
and up to four times greater than on titanium. A third important protein (laminin) had up to two times greater adsorption on our silicon nitride than on PEEK, and up to two-and-
one-half times greater adsorption than on titanium.

The second study was an in vivo investigation of the osteointegration characteristics of these same three biomaterials after they had been surgically implanted into the skulls of
laboratory  rats.  This  study  included  an  examination  of  the  effect  of  Staphylococcus  epidermidis  bacteria  on  osteointegration. At  time  intervals  of  up  to  three  months  after
implantation of the biomaterial, the amount of new bone growth within the surgical site and in direct contact with the implanted biomaterial was evaluated. In the absence of
bacteria, new bone formation within the surgical site surrounding our silicon nitride was approximately 69%, compared with 36% and 24% for titanium and PEEK, respectively.
Similarly, bone in direct contact, or apposition, with our silicon nitride, titanium and PEEK was 59%, 19% and 8%, respectively. As is common, in the presence of bacteria,
new bone formation within the surgical site was suppressed, but still significantly greater for our silicon nitride than for the other two biomaterials. Observed new bone growth
within the surgical site surrounding our silicon nitride was 41%, compared with 26% and 21% for titanium and PEEK, respectively. At the implant interface, the bone apposition
for our silicon nitride, titanium and PEEK was 23%, 9% and 5%, respectively. To further characterize the extent of osteointegration, the force needed to separate each implant
from its surrounding bone was measured. A larger force needed to separate the implant is an indication of improved osteointegration. At three months after implantation, in the
absence  of  bacteria,  the  force  required  to  separate  our  silicon  nitride  from  its  surrounding  bone  was  approximately  three  times  that  of  PEEK,  and  nearly  two  times  that  of
titanium. In the presence of bacteria, there was effectively no separation force required for PEEK, indicating essentially no osteointegration. Our silicon nitride required over
five times the force to separate it from its surrounding bone in the presence of bacteria in comparison to titanium.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  2008,  we  conducted  an  animal  study  in  which  we  evaluated  the  level  of  osteointegration  of  our  porous  silicon  nitride  with  a  knee-defect  model  in  adult  sheep. At  three
months after implantation, three out of five of the silicon nitride implants had extensive new bone formation at and into the implant surface, showing that the bone had grown
into our porous silicon nitride to a depth of 3 millimeters, or mm. This animal study demonstrated the rapid osteointegration potential of our porous silicon nitride composition.

Hardness, Strength and Resistance to Fracture

Comparative Information

As shown in the table of comparative information publicly available about various biomaterials below:

●

●

●

the hardness, or a material’s resistance to deformity, of silicon nitride is comparable to traditional ceramics, but is substantially higher than either polymers or metals;

the strength  of  silicon  nitride  is  comparable  or  higher  than  metals  and  traditional  ceramics,  and  is  about  sixteen  to  fifty-five times  stronger  than  highly-cross-linked
polyethylene, and four to eight times stronger than PEEK; and

silicon nitride has the highest fracture resistance of any medical ceramic material and is three to eleven times more resistant to fracture than PEEK or highly-cross-linked
polyethylene. This is due to the interwoven microstructure of silicon nitride. Metals have the highest fracture resistance.

Comparison of Mechanical Properties Among Orthopedic Biomaterials

Material

Silicon Nitride
Aluminum Oxide Ceramic
Zirconia-Toughened Alumina Ceramic
PEEK
Highly-Cross-Linked Polyethylene Polymer
Cobalt-Chromium Metal
Titanium Alloy Metal

Hardness
(GPa)(1)
13 – 16
14 – 19
12 – 19
0.09 – 0.28
0.03 – 0.07
3 – 4
3 – 4

Strength
(MPa)(1)
800 – 1200
300 – 500
700 – 1150
160 – 180
22 – 48
700 – 1000
920 – 980

Fracture Resistance
(MPam1/2)(1)
8 – 11
3 – 5
5 – 10
2 – 3
1 – 2
50 – 100
75

(1) GPa is a giga-pascal. Pascals are a measure of pressure. MPam1/2 is mega-pascal times a square root meter and is a measure related to the energy required to initiate fracture

of a material.

We believe that the combination of high hardness, strength and fracture resistance positions our silicon nitride as an ideal biomaterial for many medical applications.

Burst Strength

In 2006, we conducted in-house comparative “burst strength” tests on femoral heads made from our silicon nitride produced by a contract manufacturer to our specifications
and  femoral  heads  made  from  one  of  the  strongest  commercially  available  ceramics,  BIOLOX®  delta  (zirconia-toughened  alumina).  These  tests  were  performed  on  three
designs of 28 mm femoral heads using accepted testing protocols. The tests involved applying a load to each femoral head while mounted on a cobalt-chromium simulated hip
implant stem, until the head burst. This enabled us to directly compare the strength of the femoral heads made of the two biomaterials. The results also provided an indication of
each biomaterial’s resistance to fracture. The results of these tests are shown in the chart below.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  average  burst  test  strength  for  the  silicon  nitride  femoral  heads  in  these  tests  was  75  kilonewtons,  or  kNs,  compared  with  65  kN  for  BIOLOX®  delta,  or  about  a  15%
improvement. The burst strengths observed in our tests for BIOLOX® delta femoral heads are comparable to those observed by an independent party testing the same design
BIOLOX® delta femoral heads as we did. We also conducted burst strength tests of 36 mm femoral heads made from our silicon nitride which showed those femoral heads had
burst strengths that averaged 164 kN.

Resistance to Wear

In  2011,  we  commissioned  an  independent  laboratory  to  conduct  a  wear  study  using  our  silicon  nitride  femoral  heads.  We  tested  our  28  mm  silicon  nitride  femoral  heads
articulated against cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liners and our 40 mm silicon nitride femoral heads articulated against cross-linked polyethylene acetabular liners using
well-established protocols in a hip simulator for their wear performance over 5 million cycles. We then compared the results for our silicon nitride product candidates to the
results for the cobalt chrome femoral head and publicly available data from other commonly paired products. The results and comparison showed that:

●

●

o u r silicon  nitride-on-cross-linked  polyethylene  had  approximately  half  the  wear  rate  of  that  publicly  reported  for  cobalt  chrome-on-cross-linked polyethylene
articulating hip components; and

our silicon nitride-on-cross-linked polyethylene had comparable wear to that publicly reported for traditional oxide ceramic-on-cross-linked polyethylene articulating hip
components.

Antibacterial Properties

The  results  of  the  two  studies  at  Brown  University  in  2012,  demonstrate  that  our  solid  silicon  nitride  has  antibacterial  properties.  The  objective  of  the in vitro  study  was  to
determine how our silicon nitride, PEEK and titanium interact with bacteria, protein and bone cells without the use of antibiotics and compared the growth of five different
types of bacteria on silicon nitride, PEEK and titanium over time. Live bacteria counts were between 8 to 30 times lower on silicon nitride than PEEK and up to 8 times lower
on silicon nitride than titanium.

In the in vivo study, bacteria were applied to the biomaterials before implantation. Three months after implantation, no infection was observed with silicon nitride, whereas both
PEEK and titanium showed infection. The data demonstrate that our silicon nitride inhibits biofilm formation and bacterial colonization around the biomaterial.

Antiviral and Antifungal Properties

Antiviral: Our data have shown that off-stoichiometric reactions at the surface of our silicon nitride can inactivate different types of single-strand RNA viruses. This antiviral
property  derives  from  reactive  nitrogen  species  without  harm  to  mammalian  cells.  Testing  based  on  polymerase  chain  reaction  tests  of  viral  RNA  and  in  situ  Raman
spectroscopy suggest that our material is effective in counteracting several viruses relevant to public health concerns, such as Influenza A, Feline calcivirus, and Enterovirus.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Antifungal: We have conducted preliminary studies which suggest that our silicon nitride may be effective against fungal microbes. After sintering and processing, powdered
silicon  nitride  was  dissolved  in  a  1.5  vol.%  aqueous  solution  that  underwent  field  testing  on  two  species  of  grape  vine  leaves  that  were  infected  with  a  fungal  pathogen
Plasmopara viticola. After 1 minute of exposure to our silicon nitride, the infected area of the leaves was reduced by ~95%. The likely mechanism likely involves electrical
attraction to, and attachment of silicon nitride particles to oppositely-charged pathogen spores.

Imaging Compatibility

In 2007, we conducted a study to compare the imaging characteristics of test blanks made of PEEK, the metals titanium and tantalum, and silicon nitride using a cadaver human
vertebral body. Images of the vertebral body and the blanks were obtained using X-ray, CT and MRI under identical conditions. We assessed the radiolucent characteristics of
the blanks in X-ray images quantitatively, assessed the presence of scatter in CT qualitatively and assessed distortion in MRI quantitatively. In X-ray, the metal blanks did not
permit visualization of the underlying bone of the vertebral body, while PEEK was transparent, rendering its location difficult to determine. The silicon nitride blank had an
intermediate radiolucency that rendered it visible and allowed a visual assessment of the underlying bone of the vertebral body. CT and MRI of the metal blanks indicated the
presence of distortion while silicon nitride and PEEK exhibited no scattering.

Our Forms of Silicon Nitride

To control the quality, cost and availability of our silicon nitride products and product candidates, we operate our own manufacturing facility. Our 30,000 square foot corporate
facility includes an 18,000 square foot FDA Registered and ISO 13485 certified medical device manufacturing space. It is equipped with state-of-the-art powder processing,
spray drying, pressing and computerized machining equipment, sintering furnaces, and other testing equipment that enables us to control the entire manufacturing process for
our silicon nitride products and product candidates. To our knowledge, we are the only vertically integrated silicon nitride orthopedic medical device manufacturer in the world.
All  operations  with  the  exception  of  raw  material  production  are  performed  in-house.  We  purchase  raw  materials,  consisting  of  silicon  nitride  ceramic  powder  and  dopant
chemical compounds, from several vendors which are ISO registered and approved by us. These raw materials are characterized and tested in accordance with our specifications
and then blended to formulate our silicon nitride. We believe that there are multiple vendors that can supply us these raw materials and we continually monitor the quality and
pricing offered by our vendors to ensure high quality and cost-effective supply of these materials.

The chemical composition of our in-house formulation of silicon nitride and our processing and manufacturing experience allow us to produce silicon nitride in four distinct
forms. This capability provides us with the ability to utilize our silicon nitride biomaterial in a variety of ways depending on the intended application, which, together with our
silicon nitride’s key characteristics, distinguishes us from manufacturers of products using other biomaterials.

We currently produce silicon nitride for use in our commercial products and product candidates in the following forms:

●

Solid Silicon Nitride. This form of silicon nitride is a fully dense, load-bearing solid used for devices that require high strength, toughness, fracture resistance and low
wear, including interbody spinal fusion devices, hip and knee replacement implants, and dental implants.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Porous Silicon Nitride. While this form of silicon nitride has a chemical composition that is identical to that of our monolithic solid silicon nitride, this formulation has a
porous structure, which is engineered to mimic cancellous bone, the spongy bone tissue that typically makes up the interior of human bones. Our porous silicon nitride
has interconnected pores ranging in size between about 90 and 600 microns, which is similar to that of cancellous bone. This form of silicon nitride can be used for the
promotion of bone in-growth and attachment. We believe our porous silicon nitride can act as a substitute for the orthobiologics currently used to fill interbody devices in
an effort to stimulate fusion, as a bone void filler, and as a porous scaffold for medical devices.

● Composite of Solid and Porous Silicon Nitride. This form of silicon nitride is a combination, or composite, of our solid monolithic and porous formulations of silicon
nitride. This composite may be used to manufacture devices and implants that mimic the structure of natural bone by incorporating both a fully dense, load-bearing solid
component on the outside and a porous component intended to promote bone in-growth on the inside. This composite form of silicon nitride is used in interbody spinal
fusion devices and can be used in components for total hip and knee replacement implants.

● Composite of Silicon Nitride and PEEK. We have demonstrated in the laboratory that it is possible to compound our silicon nitride powder and the polymer PEEK and
that the ensuing composite material maintains the bioactive properties of silicon nitride. We have engaged commercial partners to assist us in developing this technology.
This composite material would allow the straightforward machinability of a complex device that would be more challenging to manufacture from silicon nitride alone.

●

Silicon Nitride Coating. With a similar chemical composition as our other forms of silicon nitride, this form of silicon nitride  can be applied as an adherent coating to
metallic substrates, including cobalt-chromium, titanium and steel alloys, polymers, and ceramics. We believe applying an extremely thin layer of silicon nitride as a
coating may provide a highly wear-resistant articulation surface, such as on femoral heads, which may reduce problems associated with metal or polymer wear debris.
We also believe that the silicon nitride coating can be applied to devices that require firm fixation and functional connections between the device or implant and the
surrounding tissue, such as hip stems and screws. The use of silicon nitride coating may also create an antibacterial, antiviral, and antifungal barrier between the device
and the adjacent bone or tissue. We are currently evaluating several different coating technologies.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe we can use our silicon nitride technology platform to become a leading biomaterial company and have the following principal competitive strengths:

Our Competitive Strengths

●

●

●

Sole Provider of Silicon Nitride Medical Devices. We believe we are the only company that designs, develops, manufactures and sells medical grade silicon nitride-based
products.  Due  to  its  key  characteristics,  we  believe  our  silicon  nitride  enables us  to  offer  new  and  transformative  products  across  multiple  medical  specialties.  In
addition, with the FDA clearance of our  silicon nitride Valeo products, we are the only company to develop and manufacture a ceramic for use in FDA cleared spinal
fusion medical devices in the United States.

In-House Manufacturing  Capabilities. We  operate  an  18,000  square  foot  manufacturing  facility  located  at  our  corporate  headquarters  in  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  This
operation complies with the FDA’s quality system regulation, or QSR, and is certified under the International Organization for Standardization’s, or ISO, standard 13485
for medical devices. This facility allows us to rapidly design and produce silicon nitride products while controlling the entire manufacturing process from raw material to
finished components.

Extensive Network  of  Scientific  Collaborators.  We  have  developed  strong,  multi-year,  collaborative  relationships  with  surgeons  who  have  used  our  products.  These
surgeons have supported us in collecting clinical data on silicon nitride and on reporting the successful patient outcomes they have observed. We also have long standing
relations with university laboratories in Japan and the US and have recently been invited to participate in a European consortium on silicon nitride. Our partner in Japan
has been at the forefront of silicon nitride biomaterial research for several years and has published extensively on the subject.

● Highly Experienced Management and Technical Advisory Team. Members of our management team have extensive experience in silicon nitride, ceramics, research and
development, manufacturing and operations, product development, launching of new products into the orthopedics market and selling to hospitals through direct sales
organizations, distributors, manufacturers and other orthopedic companies. We also collaborate with a network of leading technical (academic and surgeon) advisors in
the design, development and use of our silicon nitride products and product candidates.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biomaterial company focused on using our silicon nitride technology platform to develop, manufacture and commercialize a broad range of
medical devices. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are the following:

●

Support CTL and drive further adoption of silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devices. We have entered into a 10-year agreement to manufacture all of CTL Medical’s
requirements of silicon nitride based spinal implant products. This includes the current product line as well as new applications for silicon nitride in the spine.

● Develop a commercial opportunity outside of spine. We have had active programs outside of spine for several years. We expect to commercialize on one or more of these

in the near future.

● Develop new silicon nitride manufacturing technologies. Our current manufacturing process has allowed us to successfully produce spinal implants for over 10 years.
However, this process has limitations and we are actively pursuing other manufacturing technologies such as additive manufacturing, and surface coating technologies.

● Make improvements to our current formulation of silicon nitride to increase the bioactive properties of the material. We have demonstrated in the laboratory that we can
make our material more bioactive. This work has been independently corroborated by researchers in other parts of the world. We expect that the availability of silicon
nitride with enhanced bioactivity would open up new markets to us.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

Apply our  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  to  other  OEM  opportunities  –  medical  and  non-medical. We  believe  our  biomaterial expertise,  flexible  manufacturing
process, and strong intellectual property will allow us to transition currently available medical device products made of inferior biomaterials and manufacture them using
silicon nitride and our technology platform to improve their characteristics. We are seeking partnerships to utilize our capabilities and manufacture products for medical
and non-medical original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and private label partnerships. We see specific opportunities in markets such as dental, maxillofacial, total
hip and knee joint replacements, bearings, automotive and aerospace components, and cutting tools.

Overview

Market Opportunity

We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  biomaterial  technology  platform  provides  us  with  numerous  competitive  advantages  in  the  biomaterials  market.  We  manufactured  interbody
spinal fusion devices for our own retail spine business from 2008 to 2018, presently manufacture these for CTL Medical, and have a 10-year exclusive right to continue to
manufacture them for CTL Medical. We are developing products on our own behalf and for third party manufacturers – including CTL Medical - for use as components in
spine, total hip and knee joint replacements, as well as dental and maxillofacial applications. We believe we can also utilize our silicon nitride technology platform to develop
future products in additional medical and non-medical markets.

We believe that the main drivers for growth within the orthopedic biomaterials market are the following:

●

●

Introduction of  New  Technologies.  Better  performing  and  longer-lasting  biomaterials,  improved  diagnostics,  and  advances  in  surgical procedures  allow  for  surgical
intervention earlier in the continuum of care and better outcomes for patients. We believe surgical options using better performing and longer-lasting biomaterials will
gain acceptance among surgeons and younger patients and drive accelerated growth and increase the size of the spinal fusion and joint replacement markets.

Favorable and Changing Demographics. With the growing number of elderly people, age-related ailments are expected to rise sharply,  which we believe will increase
the  demand  and  need  for  biomaterials  and  devices  with  improved  performance  capabilities. Also, middle-aged  and  older  patients  increasingly  expect  to  enjoy  active
lifestyles, and consequently demand effective treatments for painful spine and joint conditions, including better performing and longer-lasting interbody spinal fusion
devices and joint replacements.

● Market Expansion into New Geographic Areas. We anticipate that demand for biomaterials and the associated medical devices will increase as the applications in which
biomaterials are used are introduced to and become more widely accepted in underserved countries, such as Brazil and China. We also expect to introduce our products
into established markets such as Australia and Japan.

The Interbody Spinal Fusion Market

We believe there is opportunity for significant growth in the spinal fusion market for interbody spinal fusion devices manufactured with silicon nitride. Currently, in spinal
fusion procedures conducted in the United States today, a significant majority utilize interbody devices comprised of PEEK and bone, with occasional use of metals and other
materials including ceramics. The market for interbody spinal fusion devices has shifted over time as new biomaterials with superior characteristics have been incorporated into
these devices and have launched into the market. We believe the market has reached another inflection point as surgeons and hospitals recognized the limitations of devices
currently available. Similarly, we believe silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion products address the key limitations of other biomaterials currently used in interbody spinal
fusion devices and demonstrate superior characteristics needed to improve clinical outcomes.

We selected this market as the first application for our silicon nitride technology because of the limitations of currently available products, its size, and the key characteristics
silicon nitride possesses, which are critical for superior interbody spinal fusion outcomes.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

Promotion of  Bone  Growth.  The  biomaterial  should  be  both  osteoconductive  and  create  an  osteoinductive  environment  to  promote  bone growth  in  and  around  the
interbody device to further support fusion and stability. Osteoconduction occurs when material serves as a scaffold to support the growth of new bone in and around the
material. Osteoinduction involves the stimulation of osteoprogenitor cells to develop, or differentiate, into osteoblasts, which are cells that are needed for bone growth. A
material which stimulates bone growth and accelerates fusion rates is ideal in spinal fusion procedures.

Antibacterial. Spinal fusion devices can become colonized with bacteria, which may limit fusion to adjacent vertebrae or cause serious infection. Treating device-related
infection  is  costly  and  generally  requires  repeat  surgery,  including  surgery  to  replace the  device,  referred  to  as  revision  surgery,  which  may  extend  hospital  stays,
suffering and disability for patients. A biomaterial  that has antibacterial properties can reduce the incidence of bacteria colonization in and around the interbody device
that can lead to infection, revision surgery and associated increased costs.

Imaging Compatibility. The biomaterial should be visible through, and not inhibit the effective use of, common surgical and diagnostic imaging techniques, such as X-
ray, CT and MRI. These imaging techniques are used by surgeons during and after spinal fusion procedures to assist in the proper placement of interbody devices and to
assess the quality of post-operative bone fusion.

Strength and  Resistance  to  Fracture. The  biomaterial  should  be  strong  and  resistant  to  fracture  during  implantation  of  the  device and  to  successfully  restore
intervertebral disc space and spinal alignment during the fusion process. The biomaterial should have high flexural strength, which is the ability to resist breakage during
bending, and high compressive strength, which is the ability to resist compression under pressure, to withstand the static and dynamic forces exerted on the spine during
daily activities over the long term.

Spinal Fusion Products

Current spinal fusion products that we manufacture for CTL Medical are:

Valeo Interbody Fusion Devices

AL: Anterior Lumbar
PL: Posterior Lumbar
OL: Oblique Lumbar
TL: Transforaminal Lumbar
LL: Lateral Lumbar
C: Cervical
CORP: Corpectomy
C+CSC (cleared in Australia and the EU but not the USA)
C+CSC with Lumen

The Dental Market

Generation

  2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st and 2nd
  2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st
  1st
  1st

We believe there is opportunity for significant growth in the dental implant market for dental implant devices manufactured with silicon nitride and are pursuing this opportunity
aggressively. We have entered into a joint development agreement with a dental implant design company and distributor of dental technologies for the development of a silicon
nitride based dental implant system and devices.

When a tooth is removed, one common approach to restoration is to use a multi-part construct consisting of a titanium implant (or screw), a zirconia abutment, and a crown.
Potential applications for silicon nitride in this procedure include the implant and the abutment.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silicon nitride is appealing because this application takes advantage of the same bioactive properties discussed in the spinal implant section:

●

Promotion of bone growth

● Antibacterial

●

Imaging compatible

● Hard, strong, resistant to fracture and wear

We  also  believe  it  may  be  possible  to  leverage  our  knowledge  of  medical  device  manufacturing  of  ceramics  and  commercialize  products  for  the  dental  market  made  from
ceramics other than silicon nitride. We have engaged an investment banker to assist us in identifying partner companies for our technologies.

The Hip and Knee Joint Replacement Market

We believe there is opportunity for significant growth in the hip and knee joint replacement market for interbody devices manufactured with silicon nitride.

Total joint replacement involves removing the diseased or damaged joint and replacing it with an artificial implant consisting of components made from several different types
of biomaterials. The key components of a total hip implant include an artificial femoral head, consisting of a ball mounted on an artificial stem attached to the femur, and a
liner,  which  is  placed  inside  a  cup  affixed  into  the  pelvic  bone.  The  femoral  head  and  liner  move  against  each  other  to  replicate  natural  motion  in  what  is  known  as  an
articulating implant. Total knee replacement implants also use articulating components and are comprised of the following four main components: a femoral condyle, which is a
specially shaped bearing that is affixed to the lower end of the femur; a tibial tray that is affixed to the upper-end of the tibia; a tibial insert that is rigidly fixed to the tibial tray
and serves as the surface against which the femoral condyle articulates; and a patella, or knee cap, which also articulates against the femoral condyle.

Implants for total hip and knee replacements are primarily differentiated by the biomaterials used in the components that articulate against one another. The combinations of
biomaterials most commonly used in hip and knee replacement implants in the United States are metal-on-cross-linked polyethylene and traditional oxide ceramic-on-cross-
linked polyethylene. The use of hip replacement implants incorporating metal-on-metal and traditional oxide ceramic-on-traditional ceramic biomaterials experienced a steep
decline in the United States over the last several years due to their significant limitations. We believe that the most commonly used biomaterials in joint replacement implants
also have limitations, and do not possess all of the following key characteristics required for optimal total joint replacement implants:

●

Resistance to Wear.  The  biomaterials  should  have  sufficient  hardness  and  toughness,  as  well  as  extremely  smooth  surfaces,  to  effectively resist  wear.  Because  the
articulating implants move against each other, they are subject to friction, which frequently leads to abrasive wear and the release of small wear particles. This may cause
an inflammatory response which results in osteolysis, or bone loss. Surgeons have identified osteolysis as a leading cause of joint implant failure, resulting in the need
for costly revision surgery to replace the failed implant. One of the most commonly used combinations of biomaterials, metal-on-cross-linked polyethylene, as well as
metal-on-metal implants, tends to generate a large number of metal wear particles, which can cause osteolysis and a moderate to severe allergic reaction to the metal,
referred to as metal sensitivity. While less common, metal  implants  may  also  cause  a  serious  medical  condition  called  metallosis,  which  involves  the  deposition  and
build-up  of  metal debris  in  the  soft  tissues  of  the  body.  Both  metal  sensitivity  and  metallosis  can  result  in  revision  surgery.  In  addition,  we  believe  traditional  oxide
ceramics currently used in total joint replacements accelerate wear of the cross-linked polyethylene liner as compared to our non-oxide ceramic composition found in our
silicon nitride biomaterial platform.

● Non-Corrosive. The biomaterials should be non-corrosive and should not cause adverse patient reactions. Metal placed in the human body corrodes over time and also
results in the formation of metal ions, which leads to metal sensitivity in approximately 10% to 15% of the population and, less commonly, metallosis. As a result, there
are significant increased risks from using metal-on-cross-linked polyethylene and metal-on-metal implants.

● Hardness, Strength and Resistance to Fracture. The biomaterials should be hard, strong and resistant to fracture to adequately bear the significant loads placed on the
hip and knee joints during daily activities. We believe there are strength limitations associated with traditional oxide ceramic-on-cross-linked polyethylene and traditional
oxide ceramic-on-traditional oxide ceramic implants.

●

Antibacterial. The  biomaterials  should  have  antibacterial  properties  to  reduce  the  risk  of  bacteria  colonization,  infection,  revision surgeries  and  associated  increased
costs. None of the most commonly used biomaterials in joint replacement implants have antibacterial properties.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Total Hip Implant Product Candidates

We have developed a femoral head that is made from our solid silicon nitride, which could be used for total hip replacement product candidates. This femoral head is expected
to articulate against a cross-linked polyethylene liner fixed into a metal acetabular cup. Most recently we participated in a university study that demonstrated the comparatively
better behavior of silicon nitride femoral heads in taper fretting corrosion behavior study. As we continue to gather evidence that silicon nitride femoral heads are superior in
terms  of  wear  performance,  taper  corrosion,  strength  and in vitro  hydrothermal  stability,  we  eventually  intend  to  commercialize  this  product  in  cooperation  with  a  strategic
partner.  However,  clearance  of  these  types  of  devices  by  the  FDA  will  be  required.  Currently,  the  FDA  has  indicated  that  a  limited  one  to  two-year  clinical  trial  may  be
necessary to obtain clearance.

Our Total Knee Implant Product Candidates

We  have  developed  a  femoral  condyle  design  made  from  our  solid  silicon  nitride.  The  femoral  condyle  component  will  attach  to  the  lower  end  of  the  femur.  The  femoral
condyle is expected to articulate against a cross-linked polyethylene tibial insert that will attach to the tibial tray at the upper end of the tibia, which we expect will be made from
metal.  We  have  successfully  made  prototypes  of  this  design.  Following  the  potential  clearance  of  the  femoral  head  components  (discussed  above),  we  intend  to  initiate
biomechanical testing with a strategic partner for silicon nitride components for use in knee replacement procedures to support a 510(k) submission to the FDA. If this clearance
is eventually obtained, we intend to commercialize our products for use in total knee replacement surgeries post-FDA clearance.

Other Product Opportunities

Our  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  is  adaptable,  and  we  believe  it  may  be  used  to  develop  products  to  address  other  significant  opportunities,  such  as  in  the  cranial-
maxillofacial, extremities, sports medicine and trauma markets.

We also believe our coating technology may be used to enhance metal products as well as other commercially available metal or PEEK spinal fusion and joint replacement
products.  We  have  produced  feasibility  prototypes  of  dental  implants,  other  components  for  use  in  total  hip  implants  in  addition  to  our  total  hip  and  knee  implant  product
candidates discussed above, a suture anchor for sports medicine applications, an osteotomy wedge for extremities applications, and prototypes of silicon nitride-coated plates for
potential trauma applications. We have also developed a process to apply our silicon nitride as a coating on other materials which may find applications in markets outside of the
medical device industry.

Our recent discoveries of the antiviral and antifungal properties of silicon nitride have opened up completely new opportunities for us in the consumer and agriculture markets.

The FDA has not evaluated any of these potential products and we are not currently advancing the development of any of these product candidates. We plan to collaborate with
medical  device  companies  to  complete  the  development  of  and  commercialize  any  product  candidates  we  advance  in  these  areas  or  develop  any  one  of  them  ourselves  if
sufficient resources should become available.

We also see a wide variety of opportunities for our silicon nitride technology platform in non-medical applications. To that effect, we have begun applying our technology to the
manufacture of products for several third-party ceramic companies which we are hopeful will result in commercial partnerships with opportunities ranging from low-volume,
highly engineered components to high-volume simple shapes.

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patents,  trademarks,  trade  secrets,  nondisclosure  agreements,  proprietary  information  ownership  agreements  and  other  intellectual  property
measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must continue to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects
of our technologies.

Intellectual Property

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  thirteen  issued  U.S.  patents,  three  pending  U.S.  non-provisional  patent  applications,  three  pending  U.S.  provisional  patent  applications,  seven  pending  foreign
applications and two pending PCT patent applications. Our first issued patent expired in 2016, with the last of these patents expiring in 2036. The core patent (US 6,881,229)
expires in 2022.

We have seven U.S. patents directed to articulating implants using our high-strength, high toughness doped silicon nitride solid ceramic. The issued patents, which include US
6,881,229; US 7,666,229; US 7,780,738; US 8,123,812; US 8,133,284; US 9,051,639; and US 9,517,136 begin to expire in 2022.

We  also  have  two  U.S.  patents  related  to  our  CSC  technology  that  are  directed  to  implants  that  have  both  a  dense  load-bearing,  or  cortical,  component  and  a  porous,  or
cancellous, component, together with a surface coating. These issued patents, US 8,133,284 and US 9,649,197 will expire in 2022 and 2035, respectively.

With respect to PCT patent application serial no. PCT/US2018/014781 directed to antibacterial biomedical implants, we recently entered the national stage in Europe, Australia,
Brazil, Canada, China, Japan, and South Korea in order to seek potential patent protection for our proprietary technologies in those countries.

In relation to the sale of our spine implant business to CTL Medical under the Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 5, 2018 we assigned our entire right to forty eight
(48) U.S. patents, two (2) foreign patents and three (3) pending patent applications from our patent portfolio to CTL Medical under that transaction. In addition, three (3) U.S.
patents (U.S. patent nos. 9,399,309; 9,517,136; and 9,649,197) directed to silicon nitride manufacturing processes were licensed to CTL Medical under an irrevocable, fully
paid-up, worldwide license for a ten year term with CTL Medical also having a Right of First Negotiation to acquire these patents if SINTX decides to later sell these IP assets
to  a  third  party.  The  previously  listed  licensed  patents  under  Schedule A  that  were  licensed  to  SINTX  (Amedica)  by  the  Dr.  Jackson  and  SMS  Trust  pursuant  to  a  license
agreement between the parties has been assigned to CTL Medical as part of the sale of the spine business.

Our remaining issued patents and pending applications are directed to additional aspects of our products and technologies including, among other things:

●

●

●

●

●

●

designs for intervertebral fusion devices;

designs for hip implants;

designs for knee implants;

implants with improved antibacterial characteristics;

implants with improved wear performance; and

Antipathogenic compositions.

We also expect to rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our intellectual property position.
However,  trade  secrets  are  difficult  to  protect.  We  seek  to  protect  the  trade  secrets  in  our  proprietary  technology  and  processes,  in  part,  by  entering  into  confidentiality
agreements  with  commercial  partners,  collaborators,  employees,  consultants,  scientific  advisors  and  other  contractors  and  into  invention  assignment  agreements  with  our
employees  and  some  of  our  commercial  partners  and  consultants.  These  agreements  are  designed  to  protect  our  proprietary  information  and,  in  the  case  of  the  invention
assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of the technologies that are developed.

Competition

The main alternatives to our silicon nitride biomaterial include: PEEK, which is predominantly manufactured by Invibio; BIOLOX® delta, which is a traditional oxide ceramic
manufactured by CeramTec; allograft bone; metals; and coated metals.

We believe our main competitors in the orthopedic implant market, which utilize a variety of competitive biomaterials, include: Medtronic, Inc.; DePuy Synthes Companies, a
group of Johnson & Johnson companies; Stryker Corporation; Biomet, Inc.; Zimmer Holdings, Inc.; Smith & Nephew plc; and Aesculap Inc. Presently, these companies buy
ceramic  components  on  an  OEM  basis  from  manufacturers  such  as  CeramTec,  Kyocera  and  CoorsTek,  Inc.,  among  others.  We  anticipate  that  these  and  other  orthopedic
companies and OEMs will seek to introduce new biomaterials and products that compete with ours.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition within the industry is primarily based on technology, innovation, product quality, and product awareness and acceptance by surgeons. Our principal competitors
have  substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources,  as  well  as  significantly  greater  manufacturing  capabilities  than  we  do,  and  they  may  succeed  in
developing products that render our implants and product candidates non-competitive. Our ability to compete successfully will depend upon our ability to develop innovative
products with advanced performance features based on our silicon nitride technologies.

Government Regulation of Medical Devices

Governmental authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local levels, and other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development,
testing, manufacture, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are commercializing and developing. Failure
to obtain approval or clearance to market our products and products under development and to meet the ongoing requirements of these regulatory authorities could prevent us
from continuing to market or develop our products and product candidates.

United States

Pre-Marketing Regulation

In the United States, medical devices are regulated by the FDA. Unless an exemption applies, a new medical device will require either prior 510(k) clearance or approval of a
premarket approval application, or PMA, before it can be marketed in the United States. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or
approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes on the
basis of the controls deemed by the FDA to be necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness. Class I devices, which are those that have the lowest level or risk
associated with them, are subject to general controls, including labeling, premarket notification and adherence to the QSR. Class II devices are subject to general controls and
special controls, including performance standards. Class III devices, which have the highest level of risk associated with them, are subject to most of the previously identified
requirements  as  well  as  to  premarket  approval.  Most  Class  I  devices  and  some  Class  II  devices  are  exempt  from  the  510(k)  requirements,  although  manufacturers  of  these
devices are still subject to registration, listing, labeling and QSR requirements.

A 510(k) premarket notification must demonstrate that the device in question is substantially equivalent to another legally marketed device, or predicate device, that did not
require  premarket  approval.  In  evaluating  the  510(k),  the  FDA  will  determine  whether  the  device  has  the  same  intended  use  as  the  predicate  device,  and  (a)  has  the  same
technological  characteristics  as  the  predicate  device,  or  (b)  has  different  technological  characteristics,  and  (i)  the  data  supporting  the  substantial  equivalence  contains
information, including appropriate clinical or scientific data, if deemed necessary by the FDA, that demonstrates that the device is as safe and as effective as a legally marketed
device, and (ii) does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than the predicate device. Most 510(k)s do not require clinical data for clearance, but the FDA may
request such data. The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it may take longer based on requests for additional information. In
addition, requests for additional data, including clinical data, will increase the time necessary to review the notice. If the FDA does not agree that the new device is substantially
equivalent to the predicate device, the new device will be classified in Class III, and the manufacturer must submit a PMA. Since July 2012, however, with the enactment of the
Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, a de novo pathway is directly available for certain low to moderate risk devices that do not qualify for
the 510(k) pathway due to lack of a predicate device. Modifications to a 510(k)-cleared medical device may require the submission of another 510(k) or a PMA if the changes
could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness or constitute a major change in the intended use of the device.

Modifications to a 510(k)-cleared device frequently require the submission of a traditional 510(k), but modifications meeting certain conditions may be candidates for FDA
review under a Special 510(k). If a device modification requires the submission of a 510(k), but the modification does not affect the intended use of the device or alter the
fundamental scientific technology of the device, then summary information that results from the design control process associated with the cleared device can serve as the basis
for clearing the application. A Special 510(k) allows a manufacturer to declare conformance to design controls without providing new data. When the modification involves a
change in material, the nature of the “new” material will determine whether a traditional or Special 510(k) is necessary. For example, in its Device Advice on How to Prepare a
Special  510(k),  the  FDA  uses  the  example  of  a  change  in  a  material  in  a  finger  joint  prosthesis  from  a  known  metal  alloy  to  a  ceramic  that  has  not  been  used  in  a  legally
marketed predicate device as a type of change that should not be submitted as a Special 510(k). However, if the “new” material is a type that has been used in other legally
marketed devices within the same classification for the same intended use, a Special 510(k) is appropriate. The FDA gives as an example a manufacturer of a hip implant who
changes from one alloy to another that has been used in another legally marketed predicate. Special 510(k)s are typically processed within 30 days of receipt.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PMA process is more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) clearance procedure. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to,
technical,  preclinical,  clinical,  manufacturing,  control  and  labeling  information  to  demonstrate  to  the  FDA’s  satisfaction  the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  the  device  for  its
intended use. After a PMA is submitted, the FDA has 45 days to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the PMA is complete, the FDA
will file the PMA. The FDA is subject to performance goal review times for PMAs and may issue a decision letter as a first action on a PMA within 180 days of filing, but if it
has questions, it will likely issue a first major deficiency letter within 150 days of filing. It may also refer the PMA to an FDA advisory panel for additional review and will
conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, either of which could extend the 180-day response target. While the FDA’s
ability to meet its performance goals has generally improved during the past few years, it may not meet these goals in the future. A PMA can take several years to complete and
there is no assurance that any submitted PMA will ever be approved. Even when approved, the FDA may limit the indication for which the medical device may be marketed or
to whom it may be sold. In addition, the FDA may request additional information or request the performance of additional clinical trials before it will reconsider the approval of
the PMA or as a condition of approval, in which case the trials must be completed after the PMA is approved. Changes to the device, including changes to its manufacturing
process, may require the approval of a supplemental PMA.

If a medical device is determined to present a “significant risk,” the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an investigational device exemption, or IDE, to
the FDA and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results and include a proposed
clinical  protocol.  These  clinical  trials  are  also  subject  to  the  review,  approval  and  oversight  of  an  institutional  review  board,  or  IRB,  which  is  an  independent  and  multi-
disciplinary committee of volunteers who review and approve research proposals, and the reporting of adverse events and experiences, at each institution at which the clinical
trial will be performed. The clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with applicable regulations, including but not limited to the FDA’s IDE regulations and current good
clinical practices. A clinical trial may be suspended by the FDA, the IRB or the sponsor at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants
outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial. Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device or may be equivocal or
otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval.

Post-Marketing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

●

compliance with  the  QSR,  which  require  manufacturers  to  follow  stringent  design,  testing,  control,  documentation,  record  maintenance, including  maintenance  of
complaint and related investigation files, and other quality assurance controls during the manufacturing process;

●

labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved or “off-label” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

● medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers investigate and report to the FDA adverse events, including deaths, or serious injuries that may

have been or were caused by a medical device and malfunctions in the device that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

● warning letters;

●

●

●

●

fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products;

● withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals; and

●

criminal prosecution.

To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, medical device manufacturers are subject to market surveillance and periodic, pre-scheduled and unannounced inspections
by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a
foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. For example, the primary regulatory authority with respect to
medical devices in Europe is that of the European Union. The European Union consists of 28 countries and has a total population of over 500 million people. The unification of
these countries into a common market has resulted in the unification of laws, standards and procedures across these countries, which may expedite the introduction of medical
devices  like  those  we  are  offering  and  developing.  Norway,  Iceland,  Lichtenstein  and  Switzerland  are  not  members  of  the  European  Union  but  have  transposed  applicable
European medical device laws into their national legislation. Thus, a device that is marketed in the European Union may also be recognized and accepted in those four non-
member European countries as well.

The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.
Devices  that  comply  with  the  requirements  of  relevant  directives  will  be  entitled  to  bear  CE  Conformity  Marking,  indicating  that  the  device  conforms  to  the  essential
requirements  of  the  applicable  directives  and,  accordingly,  can  be  commercially  distributed  throughout  the  European  Union.  Actual  implementation  of  these  directives,
however, may vary on a country-by-country basis. The CE Mark is a mandatory conformity mark on medical devices distributed and sold in the European Union and certifies
that a medical device has met applicable requirements.

The method of assessing conformity varies, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.”
Notified  Bodies  are  independent  testing  houses,  laboratories,  or  product  certifiers  authorized  by  the  European  Union  member  states  to  perform  the  required  conformity
assessment tasks, such as quality system audits and device compliance testing. An assessment by a Notified Body based within the European Union is required in order for a
manufacturer to distribute the product commercially throughout the European Union. Medium and higher risk devices require the intervention of a Notified Body which will be
responsible for auditing the manufacturer’s quality system. The Notified Body will also determine whether or not the product conforms to the requirements of the applicable
directives. Devices that meet the applicable requirements of E.U. law and have undergone the appropriate conformity assessment routes will be granted CE “certification.” The
CE Mark is mandatory for medical devices sold not only within the countries of the European Union but more generally within most of Europe. As many of the European
standards are converging with international standards, the CE Mark is often used on medical devices manufactured and sold outside of Europe (notably in Asia that exports
many manufactured products to Europe). CE Marking gives companies easier access into not only the European market but also to Asian and Latin American markets, most of
whom recognize the CE Mark on medical device as a mark of quality and adhering to international standards of consumer safety, health or environmental requirements.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance with Healthcare Laws

We must comply with various U.S. federal and state laws, rules and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback and false claims laws, rules,
and  regulations,  as  well  as  other  healthcare  laws  in  connection  with  the  commercialization  of  our  products.  Fraud  and  abuse  laws  are  interpreted  broadly  and  enforced
aggressively by various state and federal agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human
Services and various state agencies.

We  have  entered  into  agreements  with  certain  surgeons  for  assistance  with  the  design  of  our  products,  some  of  whom  we  anticipate  may  make  referrals  to  us  or  order  our
products. A majority of these agreements contain provisions for the payments of royalties. In addition, some surgeons currently own shares of our stock. We have structured
these transactions with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including fraud and abuse, data privacy and security, and transparency laws. Despite this intention,
there can be no assurance that a particular government agency or court would determine our practices to be in full compliance with such laws. We could be materially impacted
if regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial arrangements with surgeons to be in violation of healthcare laws, including, without limitation, fraud and
abuse, data privacy and security, or transparency laws.

The  U.S.  federal Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  persons,  including  a  medical  device  manufacturer  (or  a  party  acting  on  its  behalf),  from  knowingly  or  willfully  soliciting,
receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for a service or product or the purchasing,
ordering,  arranging  for,  or  recommending  the  ordering  of,  any  service  or  product  for  which  payment  may  be  made  by  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  any  other  federal  healthcare
program.  This  statute  has  been  interpreted  to  apply  to  arrangements  between  medical  device  manufacturers  on  one  hand  and  healthcare  providers  on  the  other.  The  term
“remuneration”  is  not  defined  in  the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  and  has  been  broadly  interpreted  to  include  anything  of  value,  such  as  cash  payments,  gifts  or  gift
certificates, discounts, waiver of payments, credit arrangements, ownership interests, the furnishing of services, supplies or equipment, and the provision of anything at less than
its fair market value. Courts have broadly interpreted the scope of the law, holding that it may be violated if merely “one purpose” of an arrangement is to induce referrals,
irrespective of the existence of other legitimate purposes. The Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the
healthcare industry. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution, the exemptions
and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do
not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from federal Anti-Kickback Statute liability. The
reach of the Anti-Kickback Statute was broadened by the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and Education Affordability
Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the Affordable Care Act or ACA, which, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute such
that  a  person  or  entity  no  longer  needs  to  have  actual  knowledge  of  the  statute  or  specific  intent  to  violate  it  in  order  to  have  committed  a  violation.  In  addition,  the ACA
provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent
claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act (discussed below) or the civil monetary penalties statute, which imposes fines against any person who is determined to have
presented or caused to be presented claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is
false or fraudulent. In addition to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, many states have their own anti-kickback laws. Often, these laws closely follow the language of the federal
law, although they do not always have the same scope, exceptions, safe harbors or sanctions. In some states, these anti-kickback laws apply not only to payments made by
government healthcare programs but also to payments made by other third-party payors, including commercial insurance companies.

Sales, marketing, consulting, and advisory arrangements between medical device manufacturers and sales agents and physicians are subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute and
other fraud and abuse laws. Government officials have focused recent enforcement efforts on, among other things, the sales and marketing activities of healthcare companies,
including medical device manufacturers, and have brought cases against individuals or entities whose personnel allegedly offered unlawful inducements to potential or existing
customers  in  an  attempt  to  procure  their  business.  We  expect  these  activities  to  continue  to  be  a  focus  of  government  enforcement  efforts.  Settlements  of  these  cases  by
healthcare companies have involved significant fines and penalties and, in some instances, criminal plea agreements. We are also aware of governmental investigations of some
of the largest orthopedic device companies reportedly focusing on consulting and service agreements between these companies and orthopedic surgeons. These developments
are ongoing, and we cannot predict the effects they will have on our business.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by
a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring civil actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that
the  defendant  has  submitted  a  false  claim,  or  has  caused  such  a  claim  to  be  submitted,  to  the  federal  government,  and  to  share  in  any  monetary  recovery.  There  are  many
potential  bases  for  liability  under  the  False  Claims  Act.  Liability  arises,  primarily,  when  a  person  knowingly  submits,  or  causes  another  to  submit,  a  false  claim  for
reimbursement to the federal government. The False Claims Act has been used to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks, and other improper referrals, and
allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare
companies, including medical device manufacturers, to defend false claim actions, pay damages and penalties, or be excluded from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other
federal or state healthcare programs as a result of investigations arising out of such actions. In addition, various states have enacted similar laws analogous to the False Claims
Act. Many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a federal healthcare program. We are unable to predict whether we
would be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the cost of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions
imposed,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance.  The  Health  Insurance  Portability  and Accountability Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  also  created  several  new  federal
crimes,  including  healthcare  fraud  and  false  statements  relating  to  healthcare  matters.  The  healthcare  fraud  statute  prohibits  knowingly  and  willfully  executing  a  scheme  to
defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering
up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services.

In addition, we may be subject to, or our marketing or research activities may be limited by, data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states
in  which  we  conduct  our  business.  For  example,  HIPAA  and  its  implementing  regulations  established  uniform  federal  standards  for  certain  “covered  entities”  (healthcare
providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected
health information. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included expansion of HIPAA’s privacy
and security standards called the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, which became effective on February 17, 2010. Among
other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates”—independent contractors or agents of covered entities that
create, receive, maintain, or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil
and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil
actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. These
laws also require the reporting of breaches of protected health information to affected individuals, regulators and in some cases, local or national media. HIPAA and HITECH
impose strict limits on our physician collaborators’ ability to use and disclose patient information on our behalf.

There are also an increasing number of state “sunshine” laws that require manufacturers to provide reports to state governments on pricing and marketing information. Several
states have enacted legislation requiring medical device companies to, among other things, establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make
periodic  public  disclosures  on  sales  and  marketing  activities,  and  to  prohibit  or  limit  certain  other  sales  and  marketing  practices.  In  addition,  a  federal  law  known  as  the
Physician Payments Sunshine Act, now requires medical device manufacturers to track and report to the federal government certain payments and other transfers of value made
to physicians and teaching hospitals and ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The first reporting period covered only
payments or transfers of value made and ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013.
The  federal  government  disclosed  the  reported  information  on  a  publicly  available  website  beginning  in  September  2014.  For  calendar  year  2014,  the  Physician  Payments
Sunshine Act will require medical device manufacturers to report payments and transfers of values made and ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their
immediate family members for the full calendar year. These laws may adversely affect our sales, marketing, and other activities by imposing administrative and compliance
burdens on us. If we fail to track and report as required by these laws or to otherwise comply with these laws, we could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state
and federal authorities.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical research is heavily regulated by FDA regulations for the protection of human subjects (21 C.F.R. 50 and 56) and also the regulations of the U.S Department of Health
and  Human  Services,  or  the  Common  Rule  (45  C.F.R  46).  Both  FDA  human  subject  regulations  and  the  Common  Rule  impose  restrictions  on  the  involvement  of  human
subjects  in  clinical  research  and  require,  among  other  things,  the  balancing  of  the  risks  and  benefits  of  research,  the  documented  informed  consent  of  research  participants,
initial and ongoing review of research by an IRB. Similar regulations govern research conducted in foreign countries. Compliance with human subject protection regulations is
costly and time consuming. Failure to comply could substantially and adversely impact our research program and the development of our products.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to
challenge  under  one  or  more  of  such  laws.  If  our  operations  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  any  of  the  federal  and  state  laws  described  above  or  any  other  governmental
regulations  that  apply  to  us,  we  may  be  subject  to  penalties,  including  criminal  and  significant  civil  monetary  penalties,  damages,  fines,  imprisonment,  exclusion  from
participation  in  government  healthcare  programs,  injunctions,  recall  or  seizure  of  products,  total  or  partial  suspension  of  production,  denial  or  withdrawal  of  pre-marketing
product clearances and approvals, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government or refusal to allow us to enter into supply
contracts, including government contracts, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Public disclosure of privacy and data security violations could cause significant
reputational harm. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. To the extent that any of our products are sold in a
foreign  country,  we  may  be  subject  to  similar  foreign  laws  and  regulations,  which  may  include,  for  instance,  applicable  post-marketing  requirements,  including  safety
surveillance,  anti-fraud  and  abuse  laws,  implementation  of  corporate  compliance  programs,  as  well  as  laws  and  regulations  requiring  transparency  of  pricing  and  marketing
information and governing the privacy and security of health information, such as the E.U.’s Directive 95/46 on the Protection of Individuals with regard to the Processing of
Personal Data, or the Data Directive, and the wide variety of national laws implementing the Data Directive.

Healthcare Reform

The regulations we are subject to may change as result of legislative and regulatory healthcare reform.

Significant healthcare reform was enacted in 2010 when the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or the PPACA, was signed into law. State laws also were enacted to
implement  the  PPACA.  While  a  primary  goal  of  these  healthcare  reform  efforts  was  to  expand  coverage  to  more  individuals,  it  also  involved  increased  government  price
controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. The PPACA significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other
things, the PPACA:

●

●

●

imposes an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, which began on January 1, 2013,
but was suspended during 2016 and 2017 and has been suspended for 2018 and 2019;

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate
and develop such research; and

implements payment  system  reforms  including  a  national  pilot  program  on  payment  bundling  to  encourage  hospitals,  physicians  and  other providers  to  improve  the
coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. For example, on January 2, 2013, former President Obama signed into
law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging
centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Moreover,
certain legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the PPACA have occurred in the 115th United States Congress and under the Trump Administration. For example,
on  December  22,  2017,  President  Trump  signed  a  budget  reconciliation  act  into  law,  which  among  other  things,  repealed  the  penalty  for  individuals  who  do  not  maintain
minimum essential coverage, which was a central component of PPACA’s approach to expanding coverage. On January 9, 2018, President Trump signed the Bipartisan Budget
Act of 2018, which, among other things, repealed the PPACA provision establishing an independent payment advisory board that would have submitted recommendations to
reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeded a specified growth rate.

Additional legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the PPACA remain possible. We expect that other state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted
in the future, any of which could reduce the number of patients with coverage or limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and
services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

Third-Party Reimbursement

Because we and our customers typically receive payment directly from hospitals and surgical centers, we do not anticipate relying directly on payment for any of our products
from third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, private insurers, and managed care companies. However, our business will be affected by policies administered by federal
and  state  healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  as  well  as  private  third-party  payors,  which  often  follow  the  policies  of  the  state  and  federal  healthcare
programs. For example, our business will be indirectly impacted by the ability of a hospital or medical facility to obtain coverage and third-party reimbursement for procedures
performed using our products. Many hospitals and clinics in the United States belong to group purchasing organizations (that typically incentivize their hospital members to
make  a  relatively  large  proportion  of  purchases  from  a  limited  number  of  vendors  of  similar  products  that  have  contracted  to  offer  discounted  prices).  Such  contracts  often
include exceptions for purchasing certain innovative new technologies, however. Accordingly, the commercial success of our products may also depend to some extent on our
ability to either negotiate favorable purchase contracts with key group purchasing organizations or persuade hospitals and clinics to purchase our product “off contract.” These
third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary; was not used in accordance with cost-effective
treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor; or was used for an unapproved use. A national or local coverage decision denying Medicare coverage for one or
more of our products could result in private insurers and other third party payors also denying coverage. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for our
products, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. The cost containment measures that third-party payors and providers are
instituting, both within the United States and abroad, could significantly reduce our potential revenues from the sale of our products and any product candidates. We cannot
provide any assurances that we will be able to obtain and maintain third party coverage or adequate reimbursement for our products and product candidates in whole or in part.

For  inpatient  and  outpatient  procedures,  including  those  that  will  involve  use  of  our  products,  Medicare  and  many  other  third-party  payors  in  the  United  States  reimburse
hospitals at a prospectively determined amount. This amount is generally based on one or more diagnosis related groups, or DRGs, associated with the patient’s condition for
inpatient  treatment  and  generally  based  on  ambulatory  payment  classifications,  or  APCs,  associated  with  the  procedures  performed  as  an  outpatient  at  an  ambulation
surgicenter. Each DRG or APC is associated with a level of payment and may be adjusted from time to time, usually annually. Prospective payments are intended to cover most
of the non-physician hospital costs incurred in connection with the applicable diagnosis and related procedures. Implant products, such as those we plan to sell, represent part of
the total procedure costs while labor, hospital room and board, and other supplies and services represent the balance of those costs. However, the prospective payment amounts
are typically set independently of a particular hospital’s actual costs associated with treating a particular patient and implanting a device. Therefore, the payment that a hospital
would receive for a particular hospital visit would not typically take into account the cost of our products.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medicare has established a number of DRGs for inpatient procedures that involve the use of products similar to ours. Although Medicare has authority to create special DRGs
for hospital services that more properly reflect the actual costs of expensive or new-technology devices implanted as part of a procedure, it has declined to do so in the past, and
we do not expect that it will do so with respect to our current products and product candidates. Medicare’s DRG and APC classifications may have implications outside of
Medicare, as many other U.S. third-party payors often use Medicare DRGs and APCs for purposes of determining reimbursement.

We believe that orthopedic implants generally have been well received by third-party payors because of the ability of these implants to greatly reduce long-term healthcare costs
for patients with degenerative joint disease. However, coverage and reimbursement policies vary from payor to payor and are subject to change. As discussed above, hospitals
that purchase medical devices for treatment of their patients generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures
performed with these devices. Both government and private third-party coverage and reimbursement levels are critical to new product acceptance. Neither hospitals nor surgeons
are likely to use our products if they do not receive reimbursement for the procedures adequate to cover the cost of our products.

While it is expected that hospitals will be able to obtain coverage for procedures using our products, the level of payment available to them for such procedures may change over
time.  State  and  federal  healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  closely  regulate  provider  payment  levels  and  have  sought  to  contain,  and  sometimes  reduce,
payment levels. Commercial insurers and managed care plans frequently follow government payment policies and are likewise interested in controlling increases in the cost of
medical  care.  These  third-party  payors  may  deny  payment  if  they  determine  that  a  procedure  was  not  medically  necessary,  a  device  used  in  a  procedure  was  not  used  in
accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved use.

In addition, some payors are adopting pay-for-performance programs that differentiate payments to healthcare providers based on the achievement of documented quality-of-
care  metrics,  cost  efficiencies,  or  patient  outcomes.  These  programs  are  intended  to  provide  incentives  to  providers  to  find  ways  to  deliver  the  same  or  better  results  while
consuming fewer resources. As a result of these programs, and related payor efforts to reduce payment levels, hospitals and other providers are seeking ways to reduce their
costs, including the amounts they pay to medical device suppliers. Adverse changes in payment rates by payors to hospitals could adversely impact our ability to market and sell
our products and negatively affect our financial performance.

In international markets, healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines. There can be no
assurance  that  our  products  will  be  considered  cost-effective  by  third-party  payors,  that  reimbursement  will  be  available  or,  if  available,  that  the  third-party  payors’
reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

Member countries of the European Union offer various combinations of centrally financed healthcare systems and private health insurance systems. The relative importance of
government and private systems varies from country to country. Governments may influence the price of medical devices through their pricing and reimbursement rules and
control of national healthcare systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which
products may be marketed only once a reimbursement price has been agreed upon. Some of these countries may require, as condition of obtaining reimbursement or pricing
approval, the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Some E.U. member states allow
companies to fix their own prices for devices but monitor and control company profits. The choice of devices is subject to constraints imposed by the availability of funds within
the purchasing institution. Medical devices are most commonly sold to hospitals or healthcare facilities at a price set by negotiation between the buyer and the seller. A contract
to purchase products may result from an individual initiative or as a result of a competitive bidding process. In either case, the purchaser pays the supplier, and payment terms
vary widely throughout the European Union. Failure to obtain favorable negotiated prices with hospitals or healthcare facilities could adversely affect sales of our products.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees

As of March 1, 2020, we had 28 employees. We believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have never experienced
a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In  addition  to  the  other  information  contained  in  this  Annual  Report,  the  following  risk  factors  should  be  considered  carefully  in  evaluating  our  company.  Our  business,
financial condition, liquidity or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or elsewhere may adversely affect our business.

If a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurs in the United States or elsewhere, our business may be adversely affected. In December 2019, a novel strain
of coronavirus, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China. This virus continues to spread globally and, as of March 2020, has spread to over 100 countries, including the
United States. The spread of COVID-19 from China to other countries has resulted in the World Health Organization declaring the outbreak of COVID-19 as a “pandemic,” or a
worldwide spread of a new disease, on March 11, 2020. We are still assessing the effect on our business, from the spread of COVID-19 and the actions implemented by the
governments  across  the  globe. A  significant  outbreak  of  contagious  diseases,  such  as  COVID-19,  could  result  in  a  widespread  health  crisis  that  could  adversely  affect  the
economies  and  financial  markets  of  many  countries,  resulting  in  an  economic  downturn. As  a  result,  our  ability  to  raise  additional  funds,  if  necessary,  may  be  adversely
impacted by risks, or the public perception of the risks, related to the recent outbreak of COVID-19. Furthermore, the third parties we engage, or seek to engage, with respect to
OEM manufacturing relationships, and, for supply and development activities, may be adversely impacted by risks, or the public perception of the risks, related to the recent
outbreak of COVID-19, which may delay OEM relationships, and, product development opportunities, and increase our costs.

We have incurred net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial net losses for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or
sustain profitability.

We  have  incurred  substantial  net  losses  since  our  inception.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018  we  incurred  a  net  loss  of  $4.8  million  and  $8.7  million,
respectively, and used cash in operations of $6.4 million and $9.3 million, respectively. We have an accumulated deficit of $234.1 million as of December 31, 2019. Our losses
have resulted principally from costs incurred in connection with our sales and marketing activities, research and development activities, manufacturing activities, general and
administrative  expenses  associated  with  our  operations,  impairments  on  intangible  assets  and  property  and  equipment,  interest  expense,  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  and
offering costs. Even if we are successful in launching new products into the market, we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future as we continue to
manufacture products for CTL Medical and other OEM customers and research and develop and seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If sales revenue from any of our products or product candidates that receive marketing clearance from the FDA or other regulatory body is insufficient, if we are unable to
develop and commercialize any of our product candidates, or if our product development is delayed, we may never become profitable. Even if we do become profitable, we may
be unable to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Our success depends on our ability to successfully commercialize silicon nitride-based products for medical and industrial applications, which to date have experienced only
limited market acceptance.

We  believe  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  use  silicon  nitride  in  medical  applications.  To  date,  however,  we  have  had  limited  acceptance  of  our  silicon  nitride-based
products and prior to the disposition of our spine implant business to CTL Medica, our product revenue was derived substantially from our non-silicon nitride products. In order
to succeed in our goal of becoming a leading biomaterial technology company utilizing silicon nitride, we must increase market awareness of our silicon nitride interbody spinal
fusion products in conjunction with CTL Medical, continue to develop our other product candidates outside of spinal fusion applications, enhance our commercial infrastructure
and commercialize our silicon nitride joint replacement components and other products. If we fail in any of these endeavors or experience delays in pursuing them, we will not
generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

Our current products and our future products may not be accepted by hospitals and surgeons and may not become commercially successful.

With the sale of our spine business to CTL Medical we are now dependent on the efforts of CTL Medical to sell the spinal fusion products that we manufacture and then sell to
CTL Medical. If CTL Medical is not able to sell such products or is unable to increase demand for such products, then our revenues will substantially decline. Since obtaining
regulatory clearance from the FDA for our first silicon nitride spinal fusion products in 2008, we have not been able to obtain significant market share of the interbody spinal
fusion  market,  and  CTL  Medical  may  not  obtain  such  market  share  in  the  future.  Even  if  we  receive  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for  our  other  product  candidates  in
development, these product candidates may not gain market acceptance among orthopedic surgeons and the medical community.

If  surgeons  do  not  perceive  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates  as  superior  alternatives  to  competing  products,  we  will  not  be  able  to  generate  significant
revenues, if any.

Even  if  surgeons  are  convinced  of  the  superior  characteristics  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  our  product  candidates  that  we  successfully  introduce  compared  to  the
limitations of the current commonly used biomaterials, surgeons may find other methods or turn to other biomaterials besides silicon nitride to overcome such limitations. For
instance, with respect to interbody spinal fusion products, surgeons or device manufacturers may use more effective markers for enhancing the imaging compatibility of PEEK
devices, more effective antibiotics to prevent or treat implant-related infections, and more effective osteoconductive and osteoinductive materials when implanting an interbody
spinal  fusion  device.  Device  manufacturers  may  also  coat  metal  with  existing  traditional  ceramics  to  reduce  the  risk  of  metal  wear  particles  and  corrosion  in  total  joint
replacement implants. Additionally, surgeons may increase their use of metal interbody spinal fusion devices if there is an increasing perception that PEEK devices are limited
by their strength and resistance to fracture.

The orthopedic market is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively against the larger, well-established companies that dominate this market or
emerging and small innovative companies that may seek to obtain or increase their share of the market.

The markets for spinal fusions and total hip and knee implant products are intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are much larger and have substantially more
financial and human resources than we do. Many have long histories and strong reputations within the industry, and a relatively small number of companies dominate these
markets. Medtronic, Inc.; DePuy Synthes Companies, a group of Johnson & Johnson companies; Stryker Corporation; Zimmer-Biomet, Inc.; Zimmer Holdings, Inc.; and Smith
& Nephew plc, account for a significant amount of orthopedic sales worldwide.

These companies enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

broad product offerings, which address the needs of orthopedic surgeons and hospitals in a wide range of procedures;

products that are supported by long-term clinical data;

greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products, including strong sales forces and established distribution networks;

existing relationships with orthopedic surgeons;

extensive intellectual property portfolios and greater resources for patent protection;

greater financial and other resources for product research and development;

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances and approvals for products and product enhancements;

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

established manufacturing operations and contract manufacturing relationships;

significantly greater name recognition and widely recognized trademarks; and

established relationships with healthcare providers and payers.

Our  products  and  any  product  candidates  that  we  may  introduce  into  the  market  may  not  enable  us  to  overcome  the  competitive  advantages  of  these  large  and  dominant
orthopedic companies. In addition, even if we successfully introduce additional product candidates incorporating our silicon nitride biomaterial into the market, emerging and
small innovative companies may seek to increase their market share and they may eventually possess competitive advantages, which could adversely impact our business. Our
competitors  may  also  employ  pricing  strategies  that  could  adversely  affect  the  pricing  of  our  products  and  pricing  in  the  spinal  fusion  and  total  joint  replacement  market
generally.

Moreover, many other companies are seeking to develop new biomaterials and products which may compete effectively against our products in terms of performance and price.
For example, Smith & Nephew has developed a ceramic-coated metal, known as Oxinium, which may overcome certain of the limitations of metal joint replacement products
and could directly compete with our silicon nitride and silicon nitride-coated product candidates.

We  are  dependent  on  CTL  Medical’s  ability  to  sell  the  spinal  fusion  products  we  manufacture  from  silicon  nitride.  If  CTL  Medical  is  not  able  to  sell  such  products  or
increase demand for the products our revenues will be substantially impacted which would have a significant impact on our business and operating results.

Sales  of  spinal  fusion  products  manufactured  from  silicon  nitride  to  CTL  Medical  account  for  all  our  revenues  from  the  sale  of  products.  We  have  entered  into  a  10-year
manufacturing and supply agreement with CTL Medical to supply CTL Medical with its requirements of silicon nitride manufactured spinal fusion products. CTL Medical is
not under any obligation to purchase any minimum quantities of products from us. If CTL Medical is not successful in creating demand for such products and selling such
products,  then  they  are  not  required  to  purchase  any  products  from  us.  Because  of  our  significant  customer  concentration,  our  revenue  could  fluctuate  significantly  due  to
changes in economic conditions, the use of competitive products, or the loss of, reduction of business with, CTL Medical. A reduction or delay in orders from CTL Medical, or
a delay or default in payment by any significant customer, could materially harm our business and results of operations.

The manufacturing process for our  silicon  nitride  products  is  complex  and  requires  sophisticated  state-of-the-art  equipment,  experienced  manufacturing  personnel  and
highly specialized knowledge. If we are unable to manufacture our silicon nitride products on a timely basis consistent with our quality standards, our results of operation
will be adversely impacted.

In order to control the quality, cost and availability of our silicon nitride products, we developed our own manufacturing capabilities. We operate a 30,000 square foot facility
which is certified under the ISO 13485 medical device manufacturing standard for medical devices and operates under the FDA’s quality systems regulations, or QSRs. All
operations with the exception of raw material production are performed at this facility.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are the sole manufacturer of our silicon-nitride based products. Our reliance solely on our internal resources to manufacture our silicon nitride products entails risks to which
we would not be subject if we had secondary suppliers for their manufacture, including:

●

●

the inability to meet our product specifications and quality requirements consistently;

a delay or inability to procure or expand sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet additional demand for our products;

● manufacturing and product quality issues related to the scale-up of manufacturing;

●

●

●

the inability to produce a sufficient supply of our products to meet product demands;

the disruption of our manufacturing facility due to equipment failure, natural disaster or failure to retain key personnel; and

our inability to ensure our compliance with regulations and standards of the FDA, including QSRs, and corresponding state and international regulatory authorities,
including the CFDA.

Any of these events could lead to a reduction in our product sales, product launch delays, failure to obtain regulatory clearance or approval or impact our ability to successfully
sell our products and commercialize our products candidates.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for key raw materials used in the manufacturing of our silicon nitride products, and the loss of these third-party
suppliers or their inability to supply us with adequate raw materials could harm our business.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the raw materials required for the production of our silicon nitride products and product candidates. Our dependence on
a limited number of third-party suppliers involves several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality, and delivery schedules for raw materials. We have
no supply agreements in place with any of our suppliers and cannot be certain that our current suppliers will continue to provide us with the quantities of raw materials that we
require  or  that  satisfy  our  anticipated  specifications  and  quality  requirements. Any  supply  interruption  in  limited  or  single  sourced  raw  materials  could  materially  harm  our
ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be identified and qualified. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel
within a reasonable time or on commercially reasonable terms. Any performance failure on the part of our suppliers could delay the production of our silicon nitride products
and product candidates and delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates, including limiting supplies necessary for commercial sale, clinical trials
and regulatory approvals, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In order to be successful, we must expand our available product lines by commercializing new silicon nitride-based medical device product candidates and identify other
non-medical uses of silicon-nitride, but we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion and at expected costs, or at all.

Although we are currently manufacturing silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion implants for CTL Medical, in order to be successful, we will need to expand our product lines to
include other silicon nitride devices and products for both medical and non-medical applications. Therefore, we are developing silicon nitride product candidates for total hip
and  knee  replacement  procedures,  dental  implants  and  are  exploring  the  application  of  our  silicon  nitride  technology  for  other  potential  applications.  To  succeed  in  our
commercialization efforts, we must effectively continue product development and testing, find new strategic partners, obtain regulatory clearances and approvals, and enhance
our sales and marketing capabilities. Because of these uncertainties, there is no assurance that we will succeed in bringing any of our current or future product candidates to
market. If we fail in bringing our product candidates to market, or experience delays in doing so, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or
seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will depend on one or more strategic partners to develop and commercialize our total joint replacement and dental implant product candidates, and if our strategic
partners are unable to execute effectively on our agreements with them, we may never become profitable.

We are seeking a strategic partner to develop and commercialize our total joint replacement and dental implant product candidates. We will be reliant on our strategic partners to
develop and commercialize a total hip or knee joint replacement product candidate that utilizes silicon nitride-coated components, although we have not yet entered into an
agreement with any strategic partner to develop products with these silicon nitride-coated components and may be unable to do so on agreeable terms. In order to succeed in our
joint commercialization efforts, we and any future partners must execute effectively on all elements of a combined business plan, including continuing to establish sales and
marketing capabilities, manage certified, validated and effective commercial-scale manufacturing operations, conduct product development and testing, and obtain regulatory
clearances and approvals for our product candidate. If we or any of our strategic partners fail in any of these endeavors, or experience delays in pursuing them, we will not
generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

Part of our strategy is to establish and develop OEM partnerships and arrangements, which subjects us to various risks.

Because we believe silicon nitride is a superior platform and technology for application in the spine, total joint and other markets and industrial applications, we are establishing
OEM partnerships with other companies to replace their materials and products with silicon nitride. Sales of products to OEM customers will expose our business to a number
of risks. Sales through OEM partners could be less profitable than direct sales. Sales of our products through multiple channels could also confuse customers and cause the sale
of  our  products  to  decline.  In  addition,  OEM  customers  will  require  that  products  meet  strict  standards.  Our  compliance  with  these  requirements  could  result  in  increased
development,  manufacturing,  warranty  and  administrative  costs. A  significant  increase  in  these  costs  could  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  If  we  fail  to  meet  OEM
specifications on a timely basis, our relationships with our OEM partners may be harmed. Furthermore, we would not control our OEM partners, and they could sell competing
products, may not incorporate our technology into their products in a timely manner and may devote insufficient sales efforts to the OEM products.

If  hospitals  and  other  healthcare  providers  are  unable  to  obtain  coverage  or  adequate  reimbursement  for  procedures  performed  with  our  products,  it  is  unlikely  our
products will be widely used.

In the United States, the commercial success of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which governmental payers at the federal and state levels, including Medicare
and  Medicaid,  private  health  insurers  and  other  third-party  payers  provide  coverage  for  and  establish  adequate  reimbursement  levels  for  procedures  utilizing  our  products.
Because we typically receive payment directly from the companies for whom we manufacture, such as CTL Medical, we do not anticipate relying directly on payment from
third-party payers for our products. However, hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase orthopedic products manufactured by us from our customers for treatment
of  their  patients  generally  rely  on  third-party  payers  to  pay  for  all  or  part  of  the  costs  and  fees  associated  with  our  products  as  part  of  a  “bundled”  rate  for  the  associated
procedures. The existence of coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products and the procedures performed with them by government and private payers is critical to
market  acceptance  of  our  existing  and  future  products.  Neither  hospitals  nor  surgeons  are  likely  to  use  our  products  if  they  do  not  receive  adequate  reimbursement  for  the
procedures utilizing our products.

Many  private  payers  currently  base  their  reimbursement  policies  on  the  coverage  decisions  and  payment  amounts  determined  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid
Services, or CMS, which administers the Medicare program. Others may adopt different coverage or reimbursement policies for procedures performed with our products, while
some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, have reimbursement policies that vary from state to state, some of which may not pay for the procedures performed with our
products in an adequate amount, if at all. A Medicare national or local coverage decision denying coverage for one or more of our products could result in private and other
third-party  payers  also  denying  coverage  for  our  products.  Third-party  payers  also  may  deny  reimbursement  for  our  products  if  they  determine  that  a  product  used  in  a
procedure  was  not  medically  necessary,  was  not  used  in  accordance  with  cost-effective  treatment  methods,  as  determined  by  the  third-party  payer,  or  was  used  for  an
unapproved use. Unfavorable coverage or reimbursement decisions by government programs or private payers underscore the uncertainty that our products face in the market
and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Many  hospitals  and  clinics  in  the  United  States  belong  to  group  purchasing  organizations,  which  typically  incentivize  their  hospital  members  to  make  a  relatively  large
proportion  of  purchases  from  a  limited  number  of  vendors  of  similar  products  that  have  contracted  to  offer  discounted  prices.  Such  contracts  often  include  exceptions  for
purchasing  certain  innovative  new  technologies,  however. Accordingly,  the  commercial  success  of  our  products  may  also  depend  to  some  extent  on  our  ability  to  either
negotiate favorable purchase contracts with key group purchasing organizations and/or persuade hospitals and clinics to purchase our product “off contract.”

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  healthcare  industry  in  the  United  States  has  experienced  a  trend  toward  cost  containment  as  government  and  private  payers  seek  to  control  healthcare  costs  by  paying
service providers lower rates. While it is expected that hospitals will be able to obtain coverage for procedures using our products, the level of payment available to them for
such procedures may change over time. State and federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, closely regulate provider payment levels and have sought to
contain, and sometimes reduce, payment levels. Private payers frequently follow government payment policies and are likewise interested in controlling increases in the cost of
medical care. In addition, some payers are adopting pay-for-performance programs that differentiate payments to healthcare providers based on the achievement of documented
quality-of-care  metrics,  cost  efficiencies,  or  patient  outcomes.  These  programs  are  intended  to  provide  incentives  to  providers  to  deliver  the  same  or  better  results  while
consuming fewer resources. As a result of these programs, and related payer efforts to reduce payment levels, hospitals and other providers are seeking ways to reduce their
costs, including the amounts they pay to medical device manufacturers. We may not be able to sell our implants profitably if third-party payers deny or discontinue coverage or
reduce  their  levels  of  payment  below  that  which  we  project,  or  if  our  production  costs  increase  at  a  greater  rate  than  payment  levels. Adverse  changes  in  payment  rates  by
payers to hospitals could adversely impact our ability to market and sell our products and negatively affect our financial performance.

In international markets, medical device regulatory requirements and healthcare payment systems vary significantly from country to country, and many countries have instituted
price ceilings on specific product lines. We cannot assure you that our products will be considered cost-effective by international third-party payers, that reimbursement will be
available or, if available, that the third-party payers’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Any failure to receive regulatory
or reimbursement approvals would negatively impact market acceptance of our products in any international markets in which those approvals are sought.

Moreover, certain legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the PPACA have occurred in the 115th United States Congress and under the Trump Administration. For
example,  on  December  22,  2017,  President  Trump  signed  a  budget  reconciliation  act  into  law,  which  among  other  things,  repealed  the  penalty  for  individuals  who  do  not
maintain  minimum  essential  coverage,  which  was  a  central  component  of  PPACA’s  approach  to  expanding  coverage.  On  January  9,  2018,  President  Trump  signed  the
Bipartisan  Budget Act  of  2018,  which,  among  other  things,  repealed  the  PPACA  provision  establishing  an  independent  payment  advisory  board  that  would  have  submitted
recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeded a specified growth rate we cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or effect of any
changes  to  the  Health  Care  Reform Act  or  other  federal  and  state  reform  efforts.  There  is  no  assurance  that  federal  or  state  healthcare  reform  will  not  adversely  affect  our
business  and  financial  results,  and  we  cannot  predict  how  future  federal  or  state  legislative,  judicial  or  administrative  changes  relating  to  healthcare  reform  will  affect  our
business.

Prolonged negative economic conditions in domestic and international markets may adversely affect us, our suppliers, partners and consumers, and the global orthopedic
market which could harm our financial position.

There is a risk that one or more of our current suppliers may not continue to operate. Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any future credit agreement
with us may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it. The cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability
to develop sufficient liquidity to maintain or grow our company. These negative changes in domestic and international economic conditions or additional disruptions of either or
both of the financial and credit markets may also affect third-party payers and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity.

In  addition,  we  believe  that  various  demographics  and  industry-specific  trends  will  help  drive  growth  in  the  orthopedics  markets,  but  these  demographics  and  trends  are
uncertain. Actual demand for orthopedic products generally, and our products in particular, could be significantly less than expected if our assumptions regarding these factors
prove to be incorrect or do not materialize, or if alternative treatments gain widespread acceptance.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  dependent  on  our  senior  management  team,  engineering  team,  and  external  advisors,  and  the  loss  of  any  of  them  could  harm  our  business.  We  may  not  have
sufficient personnel to effectuate our business strategy due to our recent reduction in force.

The members of our current senior management team have worked together in their new positions with us for a limited time and may not be able to successfully implement our
strategy. In addition, we have not entered into employment agreements, other than change-in-control severance agreements, with any of the members of our senior management
team.  There  are  no  assurances  that  the  services  of  any  of  these  individuals  will  be  available  to  us  for  any  specified  period  of  time.  The  successful  integration  of  our  senior
management  team,  the  loss  of  members  of  our  senior  management  team,  engineering  team  and  key  external  advisors,  or  our  inability  to  attract  or  retain  other  qualified
personnel  or  advisors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  We  may  not  have  sufficient  number  of  qualified
personnel to effectuate our business strategy which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our sales and
marketing,  accounting  and  financial  functions;  manufacturing  processes;  inventory;  engineering  and  product  development  functions;  and  our  research  and  development
functions. As such, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption including from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters; terrorist
attacks  and  attacks  by  computer  viruses  or  hackers;  power  losses;  and  computer  systems,  or  Internet,  telecommunications  or  data  network  failures.  The  failure  of  our
information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased
sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and
financial condition.

Cyber security risks and the failure to maintain the integrity of company, employee or guest data could expose us to data loss, litigation and liability, and our reputation
could be significantly harmed. 

We collect and third parties collaborating on our clinical trials collect and retain large volumes of data, including personally identifiable information regarding clinical trial
participants and others, for business purposes, including for regulatory, research and development and commercialization purposes, and our collaborators’ various information
technology systems enter, process, summarize and report such data. We also maintain personally identifiable information about our employees. The integrity and protection of
our  company,  employee  and  clinical  data  is  critical  to  our  business.  We  are  subject  to  significant  security  and  privacy  regulations,  as  well  as  requirements  imposed  by
government regulation. Maintaining compliance with these evolving regulations and requirements could be difficult and may increase our expenses. In addition, a penetrated or
compromised data system or the intentional, inadvertent or negligent release or disclosure of data could result in theft, loss or fraudulent or unlawful use of company, employee
or clinical data which could harm our reputation, disrupt our operations, or result in remedial and other costs, fines or lawsuits.

Risks Related to Our Capital Resources and Impairments

We  will  require  additional  financing  and  our  failure  to  obtain  additional  funding  would  force  us  to  delay,  reduce  or  eliminate  our  product  development  programs  or
commercialization efforts.

We currently have limited committed sources of capital and we have limited liquidity. Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 was $1.8 million. We require
substantial  future  capital  in  order  to  continue  to  conduct  the  research  and  development  and  regulatory  clearance  and  approval  activities  necessary  to  bring  our  products  to
market,  to  establish  effective  marketing  and  sales  capabilities.  Our  existing  capital  resources  are  not  sufficient  to  enable  us  to  fund  the  completion  of  the  development  and
commercialization  of  all  of  our  product  candidates.  We  cannot  determine  with  certainty  the  duration  and  completion  costs  of  the  current  or  future  development  and
commercialization  of  our  product  candidates  for  spinal  fusion,  joint  replacement  and  coated  metals  or  if,  when,  or  to  what  extent  we  will  generate  revenues  from  the
commercialization and sale of any of these product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for certain or
all of these product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our spinal fusion, joint replacement and coated metal product candidates will
depend on a variety of factors, including:

●

●

●

●

the scope, rate of progress, and expense of our ongoing, as well as any additional, clinical trials and other research and development activities;

future clinical trial results we may must or choose to conduct;

potential changes in government regulation; and

the timing and receipt of any regulatory approvals.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  change  in  the  outcome  of  any  of  these  variables  with  respect  to  the  development  of  spinal  fusion,  joint  replacement  or  coated  metal  product  candidates  could  mean  a
significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates.

In addition, if adequate funds to develop our product candidates are not available on a timely basis, we may terminate or delay the development of one or more of our product
candidates, or delay activities necessary to commercialize our product candidates. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any additional
equity financing, if available, may not be available on favorable terms and will most likely be dilutive to our current stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve
more restrictive covenants. Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if not achieved on a timely basis, will materially harm our business, financial condition
and results of operations or could cause us to cease operations.

The timing and amount of our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

the level of sales of our current products and the cost of revenue and sales and marketing;

the extent of any clinical trials that we will be required to conduct in support of the regulatory clearance of our total hip and knee replacement product candidates;

the scope, progress, results and cost of our product development efforts;

the costs, timing and outcomes of regulatory reviews of our product candidates;

the number and types of products we develop and commercialize;

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property-related claims; and

the extent and scope of our general and administrative expenses.

Raising additional capital by issuing securities or through debt financings or licensing arrangements may cause dilution to existing stockholders, restrict our operations or
require us to relinquish proprietary rights.

To  the  extent  that  we  raise  additional  capital  through  the  sale  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities,  your  ownership  interest  may  be  diluted,  and  the  terms  may  include
liquidation  or  other  preferences  that  adversely  affect  your  rights  as  a  stockholder.  Debt  financing,  if  available,  may  involve  agreements  that  include  covenants  limiting  or
restricting  our  ability  to  take  specific  actions  such  as  incurring  additional  debt,  making  capital  expenditures  or  declaring  dividends.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through
collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not
favorable to us. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our product development and commercialization goals and have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In previous years we have indicated that there was substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Depending on the results of our future operations, we
may again have substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable
terms or at all. If we seek additional funds and are unable to obtain sufficient additional funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be
materially and adversely affected, and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets
and  may  receive  less  than  the  value  at  which  those  assets  are  carried  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  it  is  likely  that  investors  will  lose  all  or  a  part  of  their
investment. Our future reports may disclose our doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other Government Regulations

Our long-term success depends substantially on our ability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval and thereafter commercialize our product candidates; we cannot be
certain that we will be able to do so in a timely manner or at all.

The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device from the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States can be costly
and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process generally
takes one to six months from the date of submission, depending on whether a special or traditional 510(k) premarket notification has been submitted, but can take significantly
longer. An application for premarket approval, or PMA, must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) clearance process or is not exempt
from premarket review by the FDA. The PMA process almost always requires one or more clinical trials and can take two to three years from the date of filing, or even longer.
In some cases, including in the case of our interbody spinal fusion devices which incorporate our CSC technology and our solid silicon nitride femoral head component, the
FDA requires clinical data as part of the 510(k) clearance process.

It  is  possible  that  the  FDA  could  raise  questions  about  spinal  fusion  products,  spinal  fusion  product  candidates,  dental  implant  products,  and  our  total  hip  and  knee  joint
replacement  product  candidates  and  could  require  us  to  perform  additional  studies  on  our  products  and  product  candidates.  Even  if  the  FDA  permits  us  to  use  the  510(k)
clearance  process,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  the  FDA  will  not  require  either  supporting  data  from  laboratory  tests  or  studies  that  we  have  not  conducted,  or  substantial
supporting clinical data. If we are unable to use the 510(k) clearance process for any of our product candidates, are required to provide clinical data or laboratory data that we do
not possess to support our 510(k) premarket notifications for any of these product candidates, or otherwise experience delays in obtaining or fail to obtain regulatory clearances,
the commercialization of our product candidates in the United States will be delayed or prevented, which will adversely affect our ability to generate additional revenues. It also
may result in the loss of potential competitive advantages that we might otherwise attain by bringing our products to market earlier than our competitors. Additionally, although
the FDA allows modifications to be made to devices that have received 510(k) clearance with supporting documentation, the FDA may disagree with our decision to modify our
cleared  devices  without  submission  of  a  new  510(k)  premarket  notification,  subjecting  us  to  potential  product  recall,  field  alerts  and  corrective  actions.  Any  of  these
contingencies could adversely affect our business.

Similar to our compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements, we must obtain and comply with international requirements, in order to market and sell our products outside of the
United States and we may only promote and market our products, if approved, as permitted by applicable regulatory authorities. There is no guarantee that we will receive the
necessary  regulatory  approvals  for  our  product  candidates  either  inside  the  United  States  or  internationally.  If  our  product  candidates  do  not  receive  necessary  regulatory
approvals, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, and they may prove to be less safe and effective than our laboratory data indicate.

We obtained FDA clearance for each of our spinal fusion products that we currently manufacture for CTL Medical, and we have sought and intend to seek FDA clearance or
approval  through  the  FDA’s  510(k)  or  PMA  process  and,  where  applicable,  CE  marking  for  our  product  candidates.  The  510(k)  clearance  process  is  based  on  the  FDA’s
agreement  that  a  new  product  candidate  is  substantially  equivalent  to  an  already  marketed  product  for  which  a  PMA  was  not  required.  While  most  510(k)  premarket
notifications  do  not  require  clinical  data  for  clearance,  the  FDA  may  request  that  such  data  be  provided.  Long-term  clinical  data  or  marketing  experience  obtained  after
clearance may indicate that our products cause unexpected complications or other unforeseen negative effects. If this happens, we could be subject to the withdrawal of our
marketing clearance and other enforcement sanctions by the FDA or other regulatory authority, product recalls, significant legal liability, significant negative publicity, damage
to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in our ability to sell our products, any one of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect to be required to conduct clinical trials to support regulatory approval of some of our product candidates. We have little experience conducting clinical trials,
they may proceed more slowly than anticipated, and we cannot be certain that our product candidates will be shown to be safe and effective for human use.

In order to commercialize our product candidates in the United States, we must submit a PMA for some of these product candidates, which will require us to conduct clinical
trials. We also plan to provide the FDA with clinical trial data to support some of our 510(k) premarket notifications. We will receive approval or clearance from the FDA to
commercialize products requiring a clinical trial only if we can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA, through well-designed and properly conducted clinical trials, that our
product candidates are safe and effective and otherwise meet the appropriate standards required for approval or clearance for specified indications.

Clinical trials are complex, expensive, time consuming, uncertain and subject to substantial and unanticipated delays. Before we may begin clinical trials, we must submit and
obtain  approval  for  an  investigational  device  exemption,  or  IDE,  that  describes,  among  other  things,  the  manufacture  of,  and  controls  for,  the  device  and  a  complete
investigational  plan.  Clinical  trials  generally  involve  a  substantial  number  of  patients  in  a  multi-year  study.  Because  we  do  not  have  the  experience  or  the  infrastructure
necessary to conduct clinical trials, we will have to hire one or more contract research organizations, or CROs, to conduct trials on our behalf. CRO contract negotiations may be
costly and time consuming and we will rely heavily on the CRO to ensure that our trials are conducted in accordance with regulatory and industry standards. We may encounter
problems with our clinical trials and any of those problems could cause us or the FDA to suspend those trials or delay the analysis of the data derived from them.

A number of events or factors, including any of the following, could delay the completion of our clinical trials in the future and negatively impact our ability to obtain FDA
approval for, and to introduce our product candidates:

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

failure to obtain financing necessary to bear the cost of designing and conducting clinical trials;

failure to obtain approval from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities to commence investigational studies;

conditions imposed on us by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

failure to find a qualified CRO to conduct our clinical trials or to negotiate a CRO services agreement on favorable terms;

delays in obtaining or in our maintaining required approvals from institutional review boards or other reviewing entities at clinical sites selected for participation in
our clinical trials;

insufficient supply of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials;

difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results, that necessitate additional clinical studies;

failure on the part of the CRO to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements;

our failure to maintain a successful relationship with the CRO or termination of our contractual relationship with the CRO before completion of the clinical trials;

serious or unexpected side effects experienced by patients in whom our product candidates are implanted; or

failure by any of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or meet other contractual obligations in a timely manner.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our clinical trials may need to be redesigned or may not be completed on schedule, if at all. Delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our
product candidates, which could cause our stock price to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. In addition, if one or more of our clinical trials are delayed,
competitors may be able to bring products to market before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced.

Our current and future relationships with third-party payers and current and potential customers in the United States and elsewhere may be subject, directly or indirectly, to
applicable  anti-kickback,  fraud  and  abuse,  false  claims,  transparency,  health  information  privacy  and  security  and  other  healthcare  laws  and  regulations,  which  could
expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Our current and future arrangements with third-party payers and current and potential customers, including providers and physicians, as well as physician owned distributorships
or PODs, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and
the  federal  False  Claims Act,  which  may  constrain  the  business  or  financial  arrangements  and  relationships  through  which  we  sell,  market  and  distribute  our  products.  In
addition, we may be subject to transparency laws and patient privacy regulations by U.S. federal and state governments and by governments in foreign jurisdictions in which we
conduct our business. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

●

●

●

t h e federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,  offering, receiving  or  providing
remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  to  induce  or  reward,  or  in  return  for,  either  the  referral  of  an  individual  for,  or  the  purchase,  order  or
recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

federal civil  and  criminal  false  claims  laws  and  civil  monetary  penalty  laws,  including  the  federal  False  Claims Act,  which  impose criminal  and  civil  penalties,
including  civil  whistleblower  or  qui  tam  actions,  against  individuals  or  entities  for  knowingly presenting,  or  causing  to  be  presented,  to  the  federal  government,
including  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs,  claims  for payment  that  are  false  or  fraudulent  or  making  a  false  statement  to  avoid,  decrease  or  conceal  an
obligation to pay money to the federal government;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any
healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

● HIPAA, as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  of  2009,  or  HITECH,  and  their  respective  implementing
regulations, which impose obligations on covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates that create,
receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and
transmission of individually identifiable health information;

●

the Physician  Payments  Sunshine Act,  which  requires  (i)  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  for  which payment  is  available  under
Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to CMS information related to certain “payments or
other transfers of value” made to physicians, which is defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors, and teaching hospitals, with
data collection beginning on August 1, 2013, (ii) applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and
investment interests held in such entities by physicians and their immediate family members, with data collection beginning on August 1, 2013, (iii) manufacturers
to submit reports to CMS by March 31, 2014 and the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year, and (iv) disclosure of such information by CMS on a publicly
available website beginning in September 2014; and

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims
involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payers, including private insurers; state and foreign laws that require medical
device companies to comply with the medical device industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal
government  or  otherwise  restrict payments that may be made  to  healthcare  providers;  state  and  foreign  laws  that  require  medical  device  manufacturers  to  report
information  related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  to  physicians  and  other  healthcare  providers  or  marketing  expenditures; and  state  and  foreign  laws
governing  the  privacy  and  security  of  health  information  in  certain  circumstances,  many  of  which differ  from  each  other  in  significant  ways  and  often  are  not
preempted  by  HIPAA,  thus  complicating  compliance  efforts.  Efforts to  ensure  that  our  business  arrangements  with  third  parties  will  comply  with  applicable
healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply
with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to
be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative
penalties,  including,  without  limitation, damages,  fines,  imprisonment,  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and
Medicaid, and  the  curtailment  or  restructuring  of  our  operations,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  If  any of  the  physicians  or  other
healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business, including our collaborators, are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may
be  subject  to  criminal,  civil  or  administrative  sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government healthcare programs, which could also materially
affect our business.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us.

On December 22, 2017, President Donald Trump signed into law sweeping tax reform, which overhauls individual, business and international taxes including, but not limited
to:

● Cutting the corporate federal statutory tax rate to 21%;

●

●

Limiting net interest expense deductions to 30% of adjusted taxable income; and

Limiting the net operating loss deduction to 80% of taxable income.

The reduction in tax rate will result in a reduction in the deferred tax assets. We have previously used the 35% federal statutory tax rate to calculate the value of those assets.
Also, if we fail to generate significant taxable income, we may not be able to fully deduct the interest expense on our debt, which could result in us having to pay increased
federal income taxes. We have also generated substantial taxable losses in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Although the treatment of tax losses generated before
December 31, 2018 has not changed, tax losses generated in fiscal 2019 and beyond will only be able to offset 80% of taxable income, although the losses may be carried
forward indefinitely. This could cause us to have to pay federal income taxes despite generating a loss for federal income tax purposes in the future. We continue to work with
our tax advisors to determine the full impact that the new tax bill will have on our Company.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain and monitor regulatory approval or clearance of our product candidates and
affect the prices we may obtain for our products.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that
could prevent or delay clearance and/or approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-clearance and post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell
our products and any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval or clearance.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  FDA  regulations  and  guidance  are  often  revised  or  reinterpreted  by  the  FDA  in  ways  that  may  significantly  affect  our  business  and  our  products. Any  new
regulations  or  revisions  or  reinterpretations  of  existing  regulations  may  impose  additional  costs  or  lengthen  review  times  of  our  products.  Delays  in  receipt  of  or  failure  to
receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our new products would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements, including which devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the
ability to rescind previously granted 510(k) clearances and additional requirements that may significantly impact the process.

Among policy makers and payers in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing
healthcare costs, improving quality and expanding access. In the United States, the medical device industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly
affected by major legislative initiatives. In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and
Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, a sweeping law intended, among other things, to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain
the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose
new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our products and product candidates are:

●

●

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee and identify priorities in comparative clinical effectiveness research in an effort to coordinate
and develop such research; and

implements payment  system  reforms  including  a  national  pilot  program  on  payment  bundling  to  encourage  hospitals,  physicians  and  other providers  to  improve  the
coordination, quality and efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. For example, on January 2, 2013, former President Obama signed into
law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging
centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Moreover,
certain legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the PPACA have occurred in the 115th United States Congress and under the Trump Administration. For example,
on  December  22,  2017,  President  Trump  signed  a  budget  reconciliation  act  into  law,  which  among  other  things,  repealed  the  penalty  for  individuals  who  do  not  maintain
minimum essential coverage, which was a central component of PPACA’s approach to expanding coverage. On January 9, 2018, President Trump signed the Bipartisan Budget
Act of 2018, which, among other things, repealed the PPACA provision establishing an independent payment advisory board that would have submitted recommendations to
reduce Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeded a specified growth rate.

Additional legislative changes to and regulatory changes under the PPACA remain possible. We expect that other state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted
in the future, any of which could reduce the number of patients with coverage or limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and
services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the European Union and some other international markets, the government provides health care at a low cost to consumers and regulates prices of healthcare products, patient
eligibility or reimbursement levels to control costs for the government-sponsored health care system. Many countries are reducing their public expenditures and we expect to
see strong efforts to reduce healthcare costs in international markets, including patient access restrictions, suspensions on price increases, prospective and possibly retroactive
price  reductions  and  other  recoupments  and  increased  mandatory  discounts  or  rebates  and  recoveries  of  past  price  increases.  These  cost  control  measures  could  reduce  our
revenues. In addition, certain countries set prices by reference to the prices in other countries where our products are marketed. Thus, our inability to secure adequate prices in a
particular country may not only limit the marketing of our products within that country but may also adversely affect our ability to obtain acceptable prices in other markets.
This may create the opportunity for third-party cross border trade or influence our decision to sell or not to sell a product, thus adversely affecting our geographic expansion
plans and revenues.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Litigation

If the combination of patents, trade secrets and contractual provisions that we rely on to protect our intellectual property is inadequate, our ability to commercialize our
products successfully will be harmed, and we may not be able to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies incorporated in our products. We rely on a combination of patent protection,
trade  secret  laws  and  nondisclosure,  confidentiality  and  other  contractual  restrictions  to  protect  our  proprietary  technology.  However,  these  may  not  adequately  protect  our
rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its scope, validity or enforceability. The scope, validity or enforceability of our issued patents can be challenged in litigation or
proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or foreign patent offices. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to numerous
important  aspects  of  our  products  under  development  that  are  not  currently  protected  by  any  of  our  issued  patents.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  of  our  pending  patent
applications  will  result  in  the  issuance  of  patents  to  us.  The  USPTO  or  foreign  patent  offices  may  deny  or  require  significant  narrowing  of  claims  in  our  pending  patent
applications.  Patents  issued  as  a  result  of  the  pending  patent  applications,  if  any,  may  not  provide  us  with  significant  commercial  protection  or  be  issued  in  a  form  that  is
advantageous  to  us.  Proceedings  before  the  USPTO  or  foreign  patent  offices  could  result  in  adverse  decisions  as  to  the  priority  of  our  inventions  and  the  narrowing  or
invalidation of claims in issued patents. The laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, if
at all.

Our competitors may successfully challenge and invalidate or render unenforceable our issued patents, including any patents that may issue in the future, which could prevent or
limit our ability to market our products and could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing products that are substantially equivalent to ours. In addition, competitors
may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to our products but that are not covered by our patents.

We have also entered into confidentiality and assignment of intellectual property agreements with all of our employees, consultants and advisors as one of the ways we seek to
protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology. However, these agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade
secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements.

In the event a competitor infringes upon any of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing our rights may be difficult, time consuming and expensive, and would
divert management’s attention from managing our business. There can be no assurance that we will be successful on the merits in any enforcement effort. In addition, we may
not have sufficient resources to litigate, enforce or defend our intellectual property rights.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  have  no  patent  protection  covering  the  composition  of  matter  for  our  solid  silicon  nitride  or  the  process  we  use  for  manufacturing  our  solid  silicon  nitride,  and
competitors may create silicon nitride formulations substantially similar to ours.

Although  we  have  a  number  of  U.S.  and  foreign  patents  and  pending  applications  relating  to  our  solid  silicon  nitride  products  or  product  candidates,  we  have  no  patent
protection  either  for  the  composition  of  matter  for  our  silicon  nitride  or  for  the  processes  of  manufacturing  solid  silicon  nitride. As  a  result,  competitors  may  create  silicon
nitride formulations substantially similar to ours and use their formulations in products that may compete with our silicon nitride products, provided they do not violate our
issued  product  patents. Although  we  have,  and  will  continue  to  develop,  significant  know-how  related  to  these  processes,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to
maintain this know-how as trade secrets, and competitors may develop or acquire equally valuable or more valuable know-how related to the manufacture of silicon nitride.

We could become subject to intellectual property litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, prevent
us from marketing our commercially available products or product candidates and/or reduce the margins we may realize from our products that we may commercialize.

The  medical  devices  industry  is  characterized  by  extensive  litigation  and  administrative  proceedings  over  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  rights.  Whether  a  product
infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, and the determination is often uncertain. There may be existing patents of which we are unaware that our products
under  development  may  inadvertently  infringe.  The  likelihood  that  patent  infringement  claims  may  be  brought  against  us  increases  as  the  number  of  participants  in  the
orthopedic market increases and as we achieve more visibility in the marketplace and introduce products to market.

Any infringement claim against us, even if without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and would place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the
attention of management from our core business, and harm our reputation. In some cases, litigation may be threatened or brought by a patent holding company or other adverse
patent owner who has no relevant product revenues and against whom our patents may provide little or no deterrence. If we were found to infringe any patents, we could be
required to pay substantial damages, including triple damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we
obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain a license enabling us to sell our products on reasonable terms, or at all,
and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe those patents. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make
any necessary changes to our technologies or the products that incorporate them, we may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products or may have to withdraw
products from the market, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, in order to further our product development efforts, we have entered into agreements with orthopedic surgeons to help us design and develop new products, and we
expect to enter into similar agreements in the future. In certain instances, we have agreed to pay such surgeons royalties on sales of products which incorporate their product
development contributions. There can be no assurance that surgeons with whom we have entered into such arrangements will not claim to be entitled to a royalty even if we do
not believe that such products were developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. In addition, some of our surgeon advisors are employed by academic
or medical institutions or have agreements with other orthopedic companies pursuant to which they have agreed to assign or are under an obligation to assign to those other
companies or institutions their rights in inventions which they conceive or develop or help conceive or develop.

There can be no assurance that one or more of these orthopedic companies or institutions will not claim ownership rights to an invention we develop in collaboration with our
surgeon  advisors  or  consultants  on  the  basis  that  an  agreement  with  such  orthopedic  company  or  institution  gives  it  ownership  rights  in  the  invention  or  that  our  surgeon
advisors on consultants otherwise have an obligation to assign such inventions to such company or institution. Any such claim against us, even without merit, may cause us to
incur substantial costs, and would place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition
agreements with our competitors or non-solicitation agreements.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other orthopedic companies, including our competitors and potential competitors. Many of our former distributors and
potential  distributors  sell,  or  in  the  past  have  sold,  products  of  our  competitors.  We  may  be  subject  to  claims  that  either  we,  or  these  employees  or  distributors,  have
inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to
claims that we caused an employee or sales agent to break the terms of his or her non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to
defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail
in defending such claims, in addition to paying money damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product
could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If  our  silicon  nitride  products  or  our  product  candidates  conflict  with  the  rights  of  others,  we  may  not  be  able  to  manufacture  or  market  our  products  or  product
candidates, which could have a material and adverse effect on us.

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. Issued patents held by others may limit our
ability to develop commercial products. All issued patents are entitled to a presumption of validity under the laws of the United States. If we need suitable licenses to such
patents to permit us to develop or market our product candidates, we may be required to pay significant fees or royalties and we cannot be certain that we would even be able to
obtain  such  licenses.  Competitors  or  third  parties  may  obtain  patents  that  may  cover  subject  matter  we  use  in  developing  the  technology  required  to  bring  our  products  to
market, that we use in producing our products, or that we use in treating patients with our products. We know that others have filed patent applications in various jurisdictions
that relate to several areas in which we are developing products. Some of these patent applications have already resulted in patents and some are still pending. If we were found
to  infringe  any  of  these  issued  patents  or  any  of  the  pending  patent  applications,  when  and  if  issued,  we  may  be  required  to  alter  our  processes  or  product  candidates,  pay
licensing  fees  or  cease  activities.  If  use  of  technology  incorporated  into  or  used  to  produce  our  product  candidates  is  challenged,  or  if  our  processes  or  product  candidates
conflict  with  patent  rights  of  others,  third  parties  could  bring  legal  actions  against  us,  in  Europe,  the  United  States  and  elsewhere,  claiming  damages  and  seeking  to  enjoin
manufacturing and marketing of the affected products. Additionally, it is not possible to predict with certainty what patent claims may issue from pending applications. In the
United States, for example, patent prosecution can proceed in secret prior to issuance of a patent, provided such application is not filed in foreign jurisdiction. For U.S. patent
applications that are also filed in foreign jurisdictions, such patent applications will not publish until 18 months from the filing date of the application. As a result, third parties
may be able to obtain patents with claims relating to our product candidates which they could attempt to assert against us. Further, as we develop our products, third parties may
assert that we infringe the patents currently held or licensed by them, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such action.

There  has  been  extensive  litigation  in  the  medical  devices  industry  over  patents  and  other  proprietary  rights.  If  we  become  involved  in  any  litigation,  it  could  consume  a
substantial portion of our resources, regardless of the outcome of the litigation. If these legal actions are successful, in addition to any potential liability for damages, we could
be required to obtain a license, grant cross-licenses and pay substantial royalties in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected products.

We cannot assure you that we would prevail in any legal action or that any license required under a third-party patent would be made available on acceptable terms, or at all.
Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, as a result of claims of patent infringement or
violation of other intellectual property rights, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Potential Litigation from Operating Our Business

We may become subject to potential product liability claims, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, testing, manufacture, sale and distribution of our currently marketed products and
each of our product candidates that we are seeking to introduce to the market. The use of orthopedic medical devices can involve significant risks of serious complications,
including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis, infection, and even death. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our
product liability insurance rates or in our inability to secure coverage in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if our product liability insurance
proves to be inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess of this award out of our cash reserves, which could significantly harm our financial condition. If
longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component of a product causes tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could
be subject to significant liability. A product liability claim, even one without merit, could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees, and result in the
diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological or hazardous materials could be time consuming and costly.

Although we do not believe that the manufacture of our silicon nitride or non-silicon nitride products will involve the use of hazardous materials, it is possible that regulatory
authorities may disagree or that changes to our manufacturing processes may result in such use. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers and future suppliers may
therefore be subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste
products.  We  may  incur  significant  expenses  in  the  future  relating  to  any  failure  to  comply  with  environmental  laws. Any  such  future  expenses  or  liability  could  have  a
significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock is volatile and is likely to continue to fluctuate due to reasons beyond our control.

The volatility of publicly traded company stocks, including shares of our common stock, often do not correlate to the operating performance of the companies represented by
such stocks or our operating performance. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

● CTL Medical’s ability to sell silicon nitride based spinal fusion products and our cost of manufacturing such products for CTL Medical;

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for, and market new and enhanced product candidates on a timely basis;

our ability to enter into OEM and private label partnership agreements and the terms of those agreements;

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or future applications;

o u r announcements  or  our  competitors’  announcements  regarding  new  products,  product  enhancements,  significant  contracts, number  and  productivity  of
distributors, number of hospitals and surgeons using products, acquisitions or strategic investments;

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of orthopedic pathology;

delays or other problems with the manufacturing of our products, product candidates and related instrumentation;

volume and timing of orders for our products and our product candidates, if and when commercialized;

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States and other countries;

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our common stock;

failure to meet estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our stock;

changes in the fair value of our derivative liabilities resulting from changes in the market price of our common stock, which may result in significant fluctuations in
our quarterly and annual operating results;

changes in healthcare policy in the United States and internationally;

product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

sales of a substantial aggregate number of shares of our common stock;

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

changes in accounting principles;

changes to tax policy; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

These and other external factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent our stockholders from
readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock
has  been  volatile,  holders  of  that  stock  have  sometimes  instituted  securities  class  action  litigation  against  the  company  that  issued  the  stock.  If  our  stockholders  brought  a
lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit regardless of the merits of the case or the eventual outcome. Such a lawsuit also would divert the time
and attention of our management from running our company.

Securities analysts may not continue to provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a negative impact on the market price of our
common stock.

Since completing our initial public offering of shares of our common stock in February 2014, a limited number of securities analysts have been providing research coverage of
our common stock. If securities analysts do not continue to cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the
analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility
in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and a global settlement
among  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  the  SEC,  other  regulatory  agencies  and  a  number  of  investment  banks,  which  was  reached  in  2003,  many  investment
banking  firms  are  required  to  contract  with  independent  financial  analysts  for  their  stock  research.  It  may  be  difficult  for  a  company  such  as  ours,  with  a  smaller  market
capitalization, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to
our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our
company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable, including transactions in which you might receive a premium for your shares.
These  provisions  also  could  limit  the  price  that  investors  might  be  willing  to  pay  in  the  future  for  shares  of  our  common  stock,  thereby  depressing  the  market  price  of  our
common  stock.  Stockholders  who  wish  to  participate  in  these  transactions  may  not  have  the  opportunity  to  do  so.  Furthermore,  these  provisions  could  prevent  or  frustrate
attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove management. These provisions:

●

●

●

●

●

●

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

provide for a classified board of directors, such that not all members of our board will be elected at one time;

prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies, limit who may call stockholder meetings, and prohibit the taking of stockholder action by written consent;

prohibit our stockholders from making certain changes to our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws except with the approval of holders of 75% of
the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

require advance written notice of stockholder proposals that can be acted upon at stockholders’ meetings and of director nominations to our board of directors; and

authorize our board of directors to create and issue, without prior stockholder approval, preferred stock that may have rights senior to those of our common stock
and that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our
board of directors.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders
owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. Any delay or prevention of a change in control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market
price of our common stock to decline.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain
all available funds and any future earnings for debt service and use in the operation and expansion of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt or credit facility may
preclude us from paying any dividends.

Our outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and our outstanding common stock warrants are convertible and
exercisable into shares of our common stock and when converted or exercised, the issuance of additional shares of common stock may result in downward pressure on the
trading price of our common shares.

We  have  outstanding  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  and  Series  C  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  that  are  each  convertible  into  shares  of  common  stock.  We
believe that as such holders convert their preferred shares into common shares, they will immediately sell their shares of common stock. The sale of such shares of common
stock may result in downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock resulting in a lower stock price. Additionally, we have outstanding warrants to purchase shares
of common stock. Many of these warrants have a cashless exercise provision that if exercised may also result in downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock
and cause such price to decline.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Public Companies

We are a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to
investors.

We  are  currently  a  “smaller  reporting  company”  as  defined  in  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934.  Smaller  reporting  companies  are  able  to  provide  simplified  executive
compensation disclosures in their filings, are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting
firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings,
including, among other things, only being required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports. We cannot predict whether investors will find our
common stock less attractive because of our reliance on any of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active
trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We could be delisted from Nasdaq, which could seriously harm the liquidity of our stock and our ability to raise capital.

On March 24, 2020, we received a notice from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Department (the “Staff”) of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) stating that the bid
price of the Company’s common stock for the last 30 consecutive trading days had closed below the minimum $1.00 per share required for continued listing under Listing Rule
5550(a)(2). If the Company does not regain compliance with Rule 5550(a)(2) by September 21, 2020, the Company may be afforded a second 180 calendar day period to regain
compliance. To qualify, the Company would be required to meet the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards
for The Nasdaq Capital Market, except for the minimum bid price requirement. In addition, the Company would be required to notify Nasdaq of its intent to cure the deficiency
during the second compliance period, which may include, if necessary, implementing a reverse stock split. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to regain
compliance with Nasdaq requirements or will otherwise be in compliance with other Nasdaq listing criteria.

If we cease to be eligible to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market:

● We may have to pursue trading on a less recognized or accepted market, such as the OTC Bulletin Board or the “pink sheets.”

●

●

The trading price of our common stock could suffer, including an increased spread between the “bid” and “asked” prices quoted by market makers.

Shares of  our  common  stock  could  be  less  liquid  and  marketable,  thereby  reducing  the  ability  of  stockholders  to  purchase  or  sell our  shares  as  quickly  and  as
inexpensively as they have done historically. If our stock is traded as a “penny stock,” transactions in our stock would be more difficult and cumbersome.

● We may be unable to access capital on favorable terms or at all, as companies trading on alternative markets may be viewed as less attractive investments with higher
associated  risks,  such  that  existing  or  prospective  institutional  investors  may  be less interested in, or prohibited from, investing in our common stock. This may also
cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.

As  a  public  company,  we  incur  significant  legal,  insurance,  accounting  and  other  expenses,  including  costs  associated  with  public  company  reporting.  We  intend  to  invest
resources  to  comply  with  evolving  laws,  regulations  and  standards,  and  this  investment  will  result  in  increased  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  may  divert
management’s time and attention from product development and commercialization activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the
activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business
may be harmed. These laws and regulations could make it more difficult and costlier for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance for our directors and officers, and we
may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain
qualified executive officers and qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit and compensation committees. In addition, if we are unable to
continue  to  meet  the  legal,  regulatory  and  other  requirements  related  to  being  a  public  company,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  the  listing  of  our  common  stock  on  The
NASDAQ Capital Market, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our 30,000 square foot corporate office and manufacturing facilities are located in Salt Lake City, Utah. We occupy these facilities pursuant to a lease that expires in December
2024. Pursuant to the terms of the lease agreement, we may extend the lease for two additional periods of five years each. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for
our current and projected needs for the foreseeable future.

 ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings. However, our industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual
property and product liability. As a result, we may be subject to various legal proceedings in the future.

 ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

This item does not apply to our business.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY

 PART II

SECURITIES

Market Information

Our shares of common stock are currently quoted on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SINT”.

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ Capital Markets for the periods indicated:

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2019

High

Low

10.47    $
7.20    $
4.39    $
2.78    $

2018

High

Low

122.84    $
123.61    $
28.44    $
12.30    $

4.80 
2.25 
1.25 
1.38 

41.10 
27.00 
5.45 
4.80 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

Prices listed are adjusted to reflect both the January 25, 2016 reverse stock split, the November 10, 2017 reverse stock split and the July 26, 2019 reverse stock split.

Holders of Record

As  of  March  19,  2020,  we  had  approximately  158  holders  of  record  of  our  common  stock.  Because  many  of  our  shares  of  common  stock  are  held  by  brokers  and  other
institutions on behalf of stockholders, this number is not indicative of the total number of stockholders represented by these stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have not declared or paid dividends to stockholders since inception and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain earnings, if
any, to finance our growth.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None

 ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion and analysis contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans, expectations, intentions and
projections that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results
and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under
“Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are an advanced materials company that develops and commercializes silicon nitride for medical and non-medical applications. The core strength of SINTX Technologies is
the manufacturing, research, and development of silicon nitride ceramics for external partners. We believe that silicon nitride has a superb combination of properties that make it
ideally suited for long-term human implantation. Other biomaterials are based on bone grafts, metal alloys, and polymers, all of which have well-known practical limitations
and disadvantages. In contrast, silicon nitride has a legacy of success in the most demanding and extreme industrial environments. As a human implant material, silicon nitride
offers bone ingrowth, resistance to bacterial and viral infection, ease of diagnostic imaging, resistance to corrosion, and superior strength and fracture resistance, among other
advantages,  all  of  which  claims  are  validated  in  our  large  and  growing  inventory  of  peer-reviewed,  published  literature  reports.  We  believe  that  our  versatile  silicon  nitride
manufacturing expertise positions us favorably to introduce new and innovative devices in the medical and non-medical fields.

We  also  believe  that  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  commercialize  silicon  nitride  medical  implants.  Prior  to  October  1,  2018,  we  designed,  manufactured  and
commercialized  silicon  nitride  products  for  our  own  behalf  in  the  spine  implant  market.  Over  35,000  of  our  spinal  implants  manufactured  with  silicon  nitride  have  been
implanted into patients, with an excellent safety record. On October 1, 2018, we sold our spine implant business to CTL Medical and now manufacture spine implants made
with silicon nitride for CTL Medical. Prior to selling our spine implant business to CTL Medical, we had received 510(k) regulatory clearance in the United States, a CE mark
in  Europe, ANVISA  approval  in  Brazil,  and ARTG  and  Prostheses  approvals  in Australia  for  a  number  of  silicon  nitride  spine  implant  products  designed  for  spinal  fusion
surgery. Spine implant products manufactured by us from silicon nitride are currently marketed and sold by CTL Medical under the Valeo® brand to surgeons and hospitals in
the United States and to selected markets in Europe and South America. These implants are designed for use in cervical (neck) and thoracolumbar (lower back) spine surgery.
We are collaborating with CTL Medical to establish commercial partners in other parts of the world and also working with other  partners  to  obtain  regulatory  approval  for
silicon nitride implants in Japan.

The sale of our spine implant business to CTL Medical enables us to now focus on our core competencies. These include research and development of silicon nitride and the
design and manufacture of medical and nonmedical products manufactured from silicon nitride and other ceramic materials for our own account and in collaboration with other
medical  device  manufacturers.  We  are  targeting  original  equipment  manufacturer  (“OEM”)  –  including  CTL  Medical  -  and  private  label  partnerships  in  order  to  accelerate
adoption of silicon nitride in future markets such as coating products with silicon nitride, hip and knee replacements, dental and maxillofacial implants, extremities, trauma,
bearings, automotive and aerospace components, and cutting tools. Existing biomaterials, based on plastics, metals, and bone grafts have well-recognized limitations that we
believe are addressed by silicon nitride.

We  believe  that  silicon  nitride  addresses  many  of  the  biomaterial-related  limitations  in  medical  related  fields  such  as  hip  and  knee  replacements,  dental  and  maxillofacial
implants, sports medicine, extremities, and trauma surgery. We further believe that the inherent material properties of silicon nitride, and the ability to formulate the material in a
variety of compositions, combined with precise control of the surface properties of the material, opens up a number of commercial opportunities across orthopedic surgery,
neurological surgery, maxillofacial surgery, other medical disciplines, as well as commodity items such as industrial fasteners, bushings, and valves to addressing more complex
demands of hypersonic missile radomes, aerospace, air-conditioning systems, beverage dispensers, touch-screen glass, and agribusiness fungicides.

Components of our Results of Operations

We  manage  our  business  within  one  reportable  segment,  which  is  consistent  with  how  our  management  reviews  our  business,  makes  investment  and  resource  allocation
decisions and assesses operating performance.

Product Revenue

We derive our product revenue primarily from the manufacture and sale of spinal fusion products used in the treatment of spine disorders to CTL Medical, with whom we
entered  into  a  10-year  exclusive  sales  agreement  in  October  2018.  We  are  currently  pursuing  other  sales  opportunities  for  silicon  nitride  products  outside  the  spinal  fusion
application. We generally recognize revenue from sales where control transfers at a point in time as the title and risk of loss passes to the customer, which is at the time the
product is shipped. In general, our customer does not have rights of return or exchange.

We believe our product revenue will increase as CTL Medical increases sales of silicon nitride spinal fusion products, as we secure other opportunities to manufacture third
party products with silicon nitride, and as we continue to introduce new products into the market.

Cost of Revenue

The expenses that are included in cost of revenue include all in-house manufacturing costs for the products we manufacture.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Profit

Our gross profit measures our product revenue relative to our cost of revenue. We expect our gross profit percentage to decrease as we expand the penetration of our silicon
nitride technology platform through OEM and private label partnerships, which offer additional avenues for the adoption of silicon nitride. Prior to the sale of our retail spine
business, our revenues and gross profits were based on our retail sales. With the focus on OEM and private label partnerships, the margins are lower, thus causing the decrease
in our gross profit percentage.

Research and Development Expenses

Our  research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs  consist  of  engineering,  product  development,  clinical  trials,  test-part
manufacturing,  testing,  developing  and  validating  the  manufacturing  process,  manufacturing,  facility  and  regulatory-related  costs.  Research  and  development  expenses  also
include employee compensation, employee and non-employee stock-based compensation, supplies and materials, consultant services, and travel and facilities expenses related
to research and development activities.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new spinal fusion products, product candidates for total joint replacements, dental
applications, and other products which may increase our total research and development expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation for certain members of our executive
team and other personnel employed in finance, compliance, administrative, information technology, customer service, executive and human resource departments. General and
administrative expenses also include other expenses not part of the other cost categories mentioned above, including facility expenses and professional fees for accounting and
legal services.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

Product revenue
Costs of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income, net
Net loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Net loss
Deemed dividend related to beneficial conversion feature and accretion of
discount on convertible series A preferred stock

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2019

$

$

689 
551 
138 

$

95   
56   
39   

3,394 
2,908 
430 
- 
6,732 
(6,594)  
1,797 
(4,797)  

- 

(4,797)  

- 
- 

(4,797)  

2,991   
3,866   
135   
6,163   
13,155   
(13,116)  
3,427   
(9,689)  
-   
(9,689)  
(324)  
1,361   
(8,652)  

(2,703)  
(7,500)  

$

(13,900)  
(22,552)  

$

$

49

$ Change

% Change

594   
495   
99   

403   
(958)  
295   
(6,163)  
(6,423)  
6,522   
(1,630)  
4,892   
-   
4,892   
324   
(1,361)  
3,855   

11,197   
15,052   

625%
884%
254%

13%
-25%
219%
-100%
-49%
-50%
-48%
-50%
N/A 
-50%
-100%
-100%
-45%

-81%
-67%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Revenue

Total silicon nitride revenue was $0.7 million in 2019 as compared to $0.1 million in 2018, an increase of $0.6 million or 625%. This increase was primarily due to the sale of
the retail spine business in October 2018, the restatement of 2018 revenues to $0.1 million as a result of the discontinued retail spine operations and the subsequent sale of only
silicon nitride products during the fourth quarter of 2018. In addition, sales increased as a result of increased sales and marketing efforts from CTL Medical.

Costs of Revenue and Gross Profit

The Company’s cost of revenue increased $0.5 million, or 884%, as compared to the same period in 2018. Gross profit increased $0.1 million, or 254%, as compared to the same
period in 2018. Both increases are primarily due to the discontinued operations treatment and the sale of the retail spine business in October 2018. In addition, cost of revenue
increased as a result of increased revenue due to increased sales and marketing efforts from CTL Medical.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $0.4 million, or 13%, as compared to the same period in 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an overall increase in
R&D activity to support the Company’s strategic objective of developing new technologies and related products.

General and Administrative Expenses

General  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  $1.0  million,  or  25%,  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2018.  This  decrease  is  due  to  the  Company  maintaining  a  lower
overhead structure during 2019.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  increased  $0.3  million,  or  219%,  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2018.  This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  overall  increase  in
marketing activities to generate interest in and exposure to the Company’s potential new product lines.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deemed Dividends

Deemed dividends related to a beneficial conversion feature and accretion of discount on convertible preferred stock was recorded at $2.7 million in 2019, compared to $13.9
for 2018. A beneficial conversion amount was calculated in association with the 2018 issuance of certain convertible preferred stock and warrants that could convert to common
stock at a discount below the trading price on the date of issuance. The accretion of a discount related to the actual conversion of the preferred stock into common stock. During
2019, 3,825 shares of the preferred stock were converted to common stock and 10,926 shares of the preferred stock were converted to common stock during 2018.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income decreased $1.6 million, or 48%, as compared to the same period in 2018. This decrease was primarily due to the change in the fair value of the derivative liabilities
in the amount of $5.7 million offset by the decrease in the loss on the extinguishment of derivative liabilities of $1.2 million, the decrease in interest expense of $1.4 million, the
decrease in the loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.3 million and the increase in interest income of $0.5 million, and a decrease in offering costs of $0.7 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and
settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business, and does not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of
assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result  from  uncertainty  related  to  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  within  one  year  from  the  date  of
issuance of these consolidated financial statements.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred a net loss of $4.8 million and $8.7 million, respectively, and used cash in continuing operations of
$6.4 million and $9.3 million, respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $234.1 million and $229.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. To
date, the Company’s operations have been principally financed from proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock and, to a lesser extent, cash generated from
product  sales.  It  is  anticipated  that  the  Company  will  continue  to  generate  operating  losses  and  use  cash  in  operations.  The  Company’s  continuation  as  a  going  concern  is
dependent upon its ability to increase sales, and/or raise additional funds through the capital markets. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash
flows from operations or obtain additional financing is uncertain.

The  Company  is  actively  generating  additional  scientific  and  clinical  data  to  have  it  published  in  leading  industry  publications.  The  unique  features  of  our  silicon  nitride
material are not well known, and we believe the publication of such data would help sales efforts as the Company approaches new prospects. The Company is also making
additional changes to the sales strategy, including a focus on revenue growth by expanding the use of silicon nitride in other areas outside of spinal fusion applications.

The Company has common stock that is publicly traded and has been able to successfully raise capital when needed since the date of the Company’s initial public offering in
February 2014. In March 2018, the Company closed on gross proceeds of $1.4 million, before payment of placement agent fees and costs, on a warrant reprice and exercise
transaction. Additionally, on May 14, 2018, the Company closed on a public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15
million, which excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an ATM equity distribution agreement in which the Company may sell, from time to time, shares of
common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $2.5 million (see Note 8). The Company sold 527,896 shares during the year ended December 31, 2019, raising
approximately $1.5 million net of issuance cost of $0.2 million. The Company is eligible to raise an additional $0.8 million under this offering.

On October 1, 2018, the Company sold the retail spine business to CTL Medical. The sale included a $6 million noninterest bearing note receivable payable over a 36-month
term. The 36-month term of the note receivable requires 18 payments of $138,889 followed by 18 payments of $194,444, with maturing of the note receivable to occur October
1, 2021. The Company expects cash flows totaling $0.6 million from January 1, 2020 through April 30, 2020, the last four months of the initial 18-month payment period, and,
cash flows of $3.5 million over the following eighteen months. The buyer also assumed the Company’s $2.5 million related party note payable. Further, the Company raised
gross proceeds of approximately $9.4 million subsequent to December 31, 2019, under a rights offering consisting of shares of preferred stock and common stock warrants.

Management has concluded that its existing capital resources and availability under its existing ATM offering, proceeds of approximately $9.4 million from the February 2020
offering, and payments on the note receivable from the purchaser of the Spine business will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next 12 months, or through March
2021.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (in thousands):

Net cash used in operating activities – continuing operations
Cash loss on sale – discontinued operations
Net cash provided by operating activities – discontinued operations
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities – continuing operations
Net cash used in investing activities – discontinued operations
Net cashed provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities – continuing operations
Net cash provided by financing activities – discontinued operations
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net cash provided (used)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities – continuing operations

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(6,435)  
-   
-   
(6,435)  
1,381   
-   
1,381   
1,394   
-   
1,394   
(3,660)  

$

$

(9,328)
(695)
675 
(9,348)
(61)
(84)
(145)
14,401 
- 
14,401 
4,908 

$

$

Net cash used in operating activities – continuing operations was $6.4 million in 2019, compared to $9.3 million used in 2018, a decrease of $2.9 million. The decrease in the net
loss for continuing operations, and related non-cash add backs to the net loss, was $1.8 million from 2019 when compared to 2018. The decrease in cash used for operating
activities – continuing operations during 2019 was primarily due to the $1.8 million mentioned above plus changes in the movement of working capital items during 2019 as
compared to the same period in 2018 as follows: a $1.5 million decrease in cash used in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and a $0.3 million decrease in cash used in
account and other receivables, offset by a $0.8 million increase in cash payments on operation lease liability.

Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Investing Activities – continuing operations

Net cash provided by investing activities – continuing operations was $1.4 million during 2019, compared to $0.0 million used in investing activities during the same period in
2018, an increase of $1.4 million. The increase in cash provided in investing activities during 2019 was primarily due to an increase of $1.5 million for the proceeds from notes
receivable, offset by the decrease of $0.1 million for the purchase of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities – continuing operations

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.4 million during 2019, compared to $14.4 million provided by financing activities during the same period in 2018, a decrease of
$13.0 million. The decrease was primarily due to a $7.6 million decrease in cash generated from the issuance of warrant derivative liabilities, a $6.7 million decrease in cash
generated from the issuance of preferred stock, a $1.6 million decrease in cash generated from the exercise of warrants, a $0.7 million decrease in proceeds from the issuance of
debt, and a $0.2 million increase in cash for capital raise costs, all of which was offset by an increase of $1.5 million in cash generated from the issuance of common stock and
$2.3 million decrease in payments for debt extinguishment.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indebtedness

L2 Capital Debt

On January 31, 2018, the Company signed a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of up to $0.84 million (the “L2 Note”) for an aggregate purchase price of up to
$0.75 million and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 68,257 shares of common stock (the “Warrants”) at an exercise price of $3.31 per share. The maturity date was six
months from date of funding. The L2 Note’s interest rate was 8% per year and a default interest rate of 18% per year.

On May 14, 2018, the Company closed on an underwritten public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15.0 million.
Part of the proceeds from this offering were used to pay off the outstanding debt with L2 Capital. The total payoff was $1.1 million, with $0.7 million in principal and $0.4
million in interest.

Hercules and MEF I, LP/Anson Investments Debt Exchange

On January 3, 2018, the Company entered into an Assignment Agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) with MEF I, LP and Anson Investments Master Fund (collectively the
“Assignees” and each an “Assignee”), Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”) and Hercules Capital, Inc. (“HC” and, together with HT III, “Hercules”), pursuant to which
Hercules assigned to the Assignees all amounts remaining due under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2014, as amended, between the Company and Hercules
(the “Loan and Security Agreement”) and (2) the note (the “Hercules Note”) between the Company and Hercules evidencing the amounts due under the Loan and Security
Agreement. The total amount assigned by Hercules to the Assignees in the aggregate was $2.3 million and was secured by the same collateral underlying the Loan and Security
Agreement. Subsequently, the Company entered into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Assignees agreed to exchange the Hercules Term Loan obligation acquired
by them for two senior secured convertible promissory notes issued by the Company, each in the principal amount of $1.1 million for an aggregate principal amount of $2.2
million, (the “Exchange Notes”). The Exchange Notes were scheduled to mature on February 3, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). The Exchange Notes had interest at a rate of 15%
per  annum.  The  Exchange  Notes  were  secured  by  a  first  priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  Company  assets,  including  intellectual  property,  and  contained
covenants restricting payments to certain of our affiliates.

On May 14, 2018, the Company closed on an underwritten public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15.0 million.
Part of the proceeds from this offering were used to pay off the outstanding debt with MEF I, L.P and Anson Investments. The total payoff was $1.6 million, with $1.4 million in
principal and $0.2 million in interest.

North Stadium Term Loan – Related Party

On July 28, 2017, the Company entered into a $2.5 million term loan (the “North Stadium Loan”) with North Stadium Investments, LLC (“North Stadium”), a company owned
and controlled by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. The North Stadium Loan bore interest at 10% per annum and required the Company to
make  monthly  interest  only  payments  from  September  5,  2017  through  July  5,  2018. All  principal  and  unpaid  interest  (if  any)  under  the  North  Stadium  Loan  was  due  and
payable on July 28, 2018. The North Stadium Loan was secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets but was junior to security interest in assets encumbered by the
Hercules  Term  Loan  (see  below).  In  connection  with  the  North  Stadium  Loan  the  Company  also  issued  North  Stadium  a  warrant  to  purchase  up  to  1,833  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $151.20 per share, subject to a 5-year term. The relative estimated value of the warrants on the date of grant approximated $0.2
million, which was being amortized as interest expense over the life of the term loan.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On October 1, 2018, CTL Medical assumed the North Stadium Term Loan debt as part of the sale of the retail spine business. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has been
released by North Stadium from any and all obligations related to this debt.

Hercules Term Loan

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules which provided the Company with a $20.0 million term loan. The Hercules Term
Loan matured on January 1, 2018. The Hercules Term Loan included a $0.2 million closing fee, which was paid to Hercules on the closing date of the loan. The closing fee was
recorded as a debt discount and was being amortized to interest expense over the life of the loan. The Hercules Term Loan also included a non-refundable final payment fee of
$1.7 million. The final payment fee was being accrued and recorded to interest expense over the life of the loan.

On January 3, 2018, the Hercules Term Loan and all amounts owing thereunder was assigned to MEF I and Anson Investments. See discussion above under “Hercules  and
MEF I, LP/Anson Investments Debt Exchange” for a more detailed description of that transaction.

Equipment Loan

In  September  2019  the  Company  entered  into  a  debt  arrangement  with  a  finance  company  to  purchase  equipment.  The  debt  balance  at  September  30,  2019,  totaled  $0.02
million. The debt incurs interest at 12%, is collateralized by the equipment and is payable in monthly payments of $1.0 thousand (including interest) over 36 months.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

Related-Party Transactions

For a description of our related-party transactions, see Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, Director Independence” contained in Part III of this 2019
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Seasonality and Backlog

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature. We derive our product revenue primarily from the sale of spinal fusion products, used in the treatment of spine disorders, to
CTL Medical, with whom we have an exclusive sales agreement in place with a remaining term of 9-years. CTL Medical’s sales generally consist of products that are in stock
with them or maintained at hospitals or with their sales distributors. Accordingly, we do not have a backlog of sales orders.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

A summary of our significant accounting policies and estimates is discussed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in
Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. There have been no material changes to
those policies for the year ended December 31, 2019, except as explained below in Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in 2019. The preparation of the consolidated financial
statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities. Significant areas of uncertainty that require judgments, estimates and assumptions include the accounting for income taxes and other
contingencies as well as valuation of derivative liabilities, asset impairment and collectability of accounts receivable. We use historical and other information that we consider
to  be  relevant  to  make  these  judgments  and  estimates.  However,  actual  results  may  differ  from  those  estimates  and  assumptions  that  are  used  to  prepare  our  consolidated
financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncement Adopted In 2019

In August 2016, the FASB updated accounting guidance on the following eight specific cash flow classification issues: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2)
settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (3)
contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement  of  insurance  claims;  (5)  proceeds  from  the  settlement  of  corporate-
owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investees; (7) beneficial interests in securitization
transactions; and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. Under prior U.S. GAAP, there was no specific guidance on the eight cash
flow classification issues aforementioned. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2019. The guidance in this standard did not have a material impact on
the financial statements of the Company upon adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to leases as part of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to increase
transparency  and  comparability  among  organizations  by  recognizing  lease  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information  about  leasing
arrangements.  The  Company  adopted  the  new  guidance  effective  January  1,  2019  (see  Note  15),  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach. Adoption  of  the  new  guidance
resulted in the Company being required to record an additional operating lease right-of-use asset totaling approximately $0.7 million and liability totaling approximately $0.9
million (with $0.7 million incremental to adoption of the new guidance) on the date of adoption. Subsequent to the initial adoption of the new standard the Company amended
the lease (see Note 15). The standard did not materially impact the consolidated net loss and had no impact on cash flows.

In  May  2014,  in  addition  to  several  amendments  issued  during  2016,  the  FASB  updated  the  accounting  guidance  related  to  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers,  which
supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2019. The core principle of the new
guidance is that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an
entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. The standard defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates are
often required within the revenue recognition process than were required under prior U.S. GAAP. The Company has one primary customer (see Note 14) and related contract
that  has  one  performance  obligation  to  which  revenue  is  allocated.  Revenue  under  this  contract  is  recognized  when  the  product  is  shipped  to  the  customer.  The  Company
generally bills its customer upon shipment of the product and invoices are generally due within 30 days. Historically, the Company’s product returns and exchanges have not
been significant. The Company does not anticipate incurring significant incremental costs to obtain contracts with future customers. The guidance in this standard did not have a
material impact on the financial statements of the Company upon adoption.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Accounting Pronouncement, Not Yet Adopted

The Company has reviewed all other recently issued, but not yet adopted, accounting standards, in order to determine their effects, if any, on its results of operations, financial
position or cash flows. Based on that review, the Company believes that no other pronouncements will have a significant effect on its financial statements upon adoption.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its product revenue primarily from the sale of spinal fusion products, used in the treatment of spine disorders to CTL Medical, with whom the Company
has a 10-year exclusive sales agreement in place, 9 years of which remain. The Company is currently pursuing other sales opportunities for silicon nitride outside the spinal
fusion application. The sale of the Company’s products has a single performance obligation and revenue is recognized at the time the product is shipped to the customer. In
general, the Company’s customers do not have any rights of return or exchange.

As of January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), and elected to use the modified
retrospective method. Under the modified retrospective method, the Company has presented prior periods under legacy GAAP, with the cumulative effect of initial application
adjusted through beginning retained earnings. The new standard did not have a material impact on the revenue recognition process of the Company and no cumulative effect
was recognized upon initial application.

With the adoption of ASC 606 at the beginning of 2019, revenue is recognized when control of the goods or services promised under the contract is transferred to the customer
either at a point in time (e.g., upon delivery) or over time (e.g., as performed under the contract). The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment
from both parties, the rights and payment terms of the parties are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. Contracts are
reviewed to determine whether there is one or multiple performance obligations. A performance obligation is a promise to transfer a distinct good or service to a customer and
represents the unit of accounting for revenue recognition. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the expected consideration, or the transaction price, is allocated to
each  performance  obligation  identified  in  the  contract  based  on  the  relative  standalone  selling  price  of  each  performance  obligation.  Revenue  is  then  recognized  for  the
transaction  price  allocated  to  the  performance  obligation  when  control  of  the  promised  goods  or  services  underlying  the  performance  obligation  is  transferred.  Contract
consideration is not adjusted for the effects of a significant financing component when, at contract inception, the period between when control transfers and when the customer
will pay for that good or service is one year or less. Contact modifications that provide for additional distinct goods or services at the standalone selling price are treated as
separate contracts. The transaction price for our contracts reflects our estimate of returns, rebates and discounts, which historically have not been significant. Amounts billed to
customers for shipping and handling are included in the transaction price and generally are not treated as separate performance obligations as these costs fulfill a promise to
transfer the product to the customer. The Company does not employee salespeople to actively seek additional customers; there are no incremental costs for obtaining customers
that need to be capitalized.

Account and Other Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Account and other receivables are carried at invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a regular basis, the Company evaluates account and other receivables
and estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general
economy as a whole. Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost for manufactured inventory determined under the standard costs, which approximate actual costs,
determined on the first-in first-out (“FIFO”) method. Manufactured inventory consists of raw material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead cost components. The Company
reviews the carrying value of inventory on a periodic basis for excess or obsolete items, and records any write-down as a cost of revenue, as necessary.

Long Lived Intangible Assets

The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  definite-lived  intangibles  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.
Factors  the  Company  considers  important  which  could  trigger  an  impairment  review  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  significant  under-performance  relative  to  historical  or
projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of its use of acquired assets or its overall business strategy, and significant industry or economic trends. The
Company amortizes definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. The Company recorded no impairment loss for definite-lived intangible assets
during the year ended December 31, 2019. As explained above, the Company sold most intangible assets that had a carrying value to CTL Medical, retaining the carrying value
of only one trademark asset.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated
useful lives or the related lease term, generally five years.

The Company reviews the carrying value of the Company’s property and equipment that are held and used in the Company’s operations for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted
future  net  cash  flows  from  the  operations  to  which  the  assets  relate,  utilizing  management’s  best  estimate,  assumptions,  and  projections  at  the  time.  If  the  carrying  value  is
determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment charge would be recognized to the extent the carrying value
exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. The Company estimates the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset.

Income Taxes

The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  value  of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the fiscal year in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be
realized.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  operates  in  various  tax  jurisdictions  and  is  subject  to  audit  by  various  tax  authorities.  The  Company  provides  for  tax  contingencies  whenever  it  is  deemed
probable that a tax asset has been impaired, or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their
technical merits relative tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the
amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

The  Company  recognizes  uncertain  income  tax  positions  taken  on  income  tax  returns  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more-likely  than-not  to  be  sustained  upon  audit  by  the
relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of our income tax provision. For the
years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  material  interest  income,  interest  expense  or  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  or  the
settlement of audits for prior periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards as determined on the date of
grant and is recognized as expense over the remaining requisite service period. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value
of  employee  stock  options.  The  Black-Scholes-Merton  model  requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective  and  complex  assumptions,  including  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, the expected term of the stock option, and the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period equal to the
expected term of the grant. The Company estimates forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from
those estimates. The Company accounts for stock options to purchase shares of stock that are issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of such instruments
using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.

The Company uses the simplified method as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-based Payment, to calculate the
expected term of stock option grants to employees as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the
expected term of stock options granted to employees. The Company utilizes a dividend yield of zero because the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no current
intention to pay cash dividends. The risk-free rate of return used for each grant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a
similar expected life.

Derivative Liabilities

Derivative liabilities include the fair value of instruments such as common stock warrants, preferred stock warrants and convertible features of notes, that are initially recorded
at fair value and are required to be re-measured to fair value at each reporting period. The change in fair value of the instruments is recognized as a component of other income
(expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations until the instruments settle, expire or are no longer classified as derivative liabilities. The Company estimates
the fair value of these instruments using the Black-Scholes-Merton or Monte-Carlo valuation models depending on the complexity of the underlying instrument. The significant
assumptions used in estimating the fair value include the exercise price, volatility of the stock underlying the instrument, risk-free interest rate, estimated fair value of the stock
underlying the instrument and the estimated life of the instrument.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable.

 ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Company appear at the end of this Annual Report beginning with the index to Financial Statements on page F-1 (see Part IV, Item
15 “Financial Statements”), and are incorporated herein.

 ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within
the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Commission’s  rules  and  forms.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information
required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are properly recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods required by
the Commission’s rules and forms.

We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (principal  executive  officer  and
principal financial officer), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e),
as of December 31, 2019. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019,
the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under
the Exchange Act.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving its objectives as specified above. Management does not expect, however,
that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain
assumptions  and  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  its  objectives  will  be  met.  Further,  no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

Management, including our Chief Executive Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. In making our
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

As  defined  in  SEC  Regulation  S-X,  a  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  such  that  there  is  a
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Based on this
assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As of December 31, 2018, Management, including our Chief Executive Officer concluded the design and operating effectiveness of our controls were inadequate to ensure that
complex accounting matters are always properly accounted for and reviewed in a timely manner, as outlined below:

Control Activities – The Company did not always have adequate control activities that were designed and operating effectively, including timely management review controls
and controls to verify the completeness and adequacy of information prior to presentation of the information to the independent auditors.

Monitoring Activities – The Company did not always maintain effective monitoring controls related to the financial reporting process.

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  material  weaknesses  outlined  above  were  remediated.  During  2019,  a  new  controller  was  hired  who  has  implemented  controls  to  verify  the
completeness  and  adequacy  of  information  prior  to  presentation  of  the  information  to  the  independent  auditors  and  has  also  implemented  monitoring  controls  related  to  the
financial reporting process. The specific controls implemented are as follows:

1. Complex transaction accounting issues faced by the Company will be presented to a subject matter expert to obtain input on industry trends and preferred solutions

2. Approval procedures refined over the preparation and posting of entries

3. Detailed review of general ledger accounts expanded prior to close

4. Second review performed on financial statements prior to release to auditors

5. Expanded training for accounting staff

Other than described above in the Item 9A. Controls and Procedures, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 2019 that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 PART III

Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions with SINTX for each of our directors.

Name
B. Sonny Bal, M.D.
David W. Truetzel
Jeffrey S. White
Eric A. Stookey
Mark Froimson, M.D.

Age
57
63
66
49
59

  Positions
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
  Director
  Director
  Director
  Director

Our Board is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III) with staggered three-year terms. Directors in each class are elected to serve for three-year staggered terms
that  expire  in  successive  years.  Officers  serve  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board.  The  following  is  information  on  the  business  experience  of  each  director  now  serving  and  a
discussion of the qualifications, attributes and skills that led to the Board of Directors’ conclusion that each one is qualified to serve as a director.

The following is a brief summary of the background of each of our directors.

Class III Directors— up for election at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with a term expiring at the 2023 annual meeting of stockholder if re-elected.

B.  Sonny  Bal,  M.D. has  served  on  our  Board  of  Directors  since  February  2012,  as  Chairman  of  our  Board  of  Directors  since August  2014  and  as  our  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer since October 2014. Dr. Bal was a tenured Professor in Orthopaedic Surgery at the University of Missouri, Columbia, and has an extensive history of research
into  silicon  nitride  ceramics.  He  is Adjunct  Professor  of  Material  Sciences  at  Missouri  Science  and  Technology  University  at  Rolla.  Dr.  Bal  is  a  member  of  the American
Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, the American Association of Hip and Knee Surgeons, and the International Society of Technology in Arthroplasty. Dr. Bal received his
M.D. degree from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University, a J.D. from the University of Missouri, and a Ph.D. in Engineering from the Kyoto Institute
of Technology in Japan. We believe that Dr. Bal’s breadth of experience and scientific expertise in silicon nitride qualifies him to serve as our Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey S. White has served on our Board of Directors since January 2014. From January 2013 to 2018, Mr. White served as Principal at Medtech Advisory Group LLC, a firm
he founded that advises early and mid-stage medical technology firms. In that capacity Mr. White has consulted MiMedx Group Inc., the leading amniotic tissue and allograft
regenerative  biomaterials  firm  since  mid-2015  and  served  as  Vice  President,  Product  Management  Strategies  at  MiMedix.  Mr.  White  previously  served  as  a  director  of
Residency Select LLC, a company which offers psychometric assessment, training and compliance products to medical and surgical residency programs. Mr. White also served
in 2014 and 2015 as President and director of Liventa Bioscience LLC, a provider of specialty amniotic tissue allografts for use in surgical and wound care applications. From
May 2006 to December 2012 he served as Global Director of Business Development for Synthes Inc., a global orthopedic firm that was acquired by Johnson and Johnson in
2012. Mr. White has served as Chief Executive Officer and/or co-founder of several start-up surgical device firms and has previously held executive level positions at United
States Surgical Corporation, now part of Medtronic. Mr. White holds a B.S. in Biology from Union College in Schenectady NY. We believe that Mr. White’s experience as an
executive and founder of medical device companies qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

Class II Directors - continuing directors with a term expiring at the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders.

David W. Truetzel has served on our Board of Directors since our acquisition of US Spine, Inc. in September 2010. Mr. Truetzel has been the general partner of Augury Capital
Partners, a private equity fund that invests in life sciences and information technology companies, which he co-founded in 2006. Mr. Truetzel is a director of Enterprise Bank,
Inc., Bonfyre, LLC, a provider of enterprise technology management solutions, and Paranet, LLC, an IT services provider. Mr. Truetzel holds a B.S. in Business Administration
from Saint Louis University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School. We believe that Mr. Truetzel’s financial and managerial expertise qualify him to serve on our Board of
Directors.

Eric A. Stookey has served on our Board of Directors since October 2014. Mr. Stookey has served as Chief Operating Officer of Osteoremedies, LLC since March of 2015.
From October 2011 until August 2014, Mr. Stookey served as the President of the Extremities-Biologics division at Wright Medical Group Inc. Mr. Stookey also served in
various other marketing and sales positions at Wright Medical Group Inc. since 1995, including as the Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer from January 2010
to November 2011, as the Vice President North American Sales from 2007 to January 2010, as the Vice President US Sales from 2005 to 2007, as the Senior Director of Sales,
Central Region, from 2003 to 2005 and as the Director of Marketing for Large Joint Reconstruction Products from 2001 to 2003. Mr. Stookey earned his M.B.A. from Christian
Brothers  University  and  his  B.S.  in  Business  from  the  Indiana  University  School  of  Business.  We  believe  that  Mr.  Stookey’s  industry  and  executive  leadership  experience
qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

Class I Directors - continuing directors with a term expiring at the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders.

Mark Froimson, M.D. has served on our Board of Directors since February 2019. Dr. Froimson is currently a Principal at Riverside Health Advisors, a consulting company that
provides  strategic  advice  and  services  to  health  care  executive  leaders.  Dr.  Froimson  served  as  the  President  of  the American Association  of  Hip  and  Knee  Surgeons  from
March  2017  to  March  2018.  Previously,  he  was  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Clinical  Officer  of  Trinity  Health,  a  major  national  non-profit  Catholic  healthcare
system comprising 93  hospitals  in  22  states.  Prior  to  his  executive  leadership  position  at  Trinity  Health,  Dr.  Froimson  was  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Euclid
Hospital, a Cleveland Clinic Hospital. Dr. Froimson served as a staff surgeon in the Department of Orthopedic Surgery at the Cleveland Clinic for over 16 years, during which
time he held a variety of leadership positions, including President of the professional staff, Vice Chair of the Orthopedic and Rheumatologic Institute, and member of the board
of governors and board of trustees. Dr. Froimson also serves on the board of directors of Pacira Biosciences, Inc., a publicly traded company on the NASDAQ Stock Market.
Dr. Froimson received a B.S. in philosophy from Princeton University, an M.D. from Tulane University School of Medicine and an MBA from the Weatherhead School of
Business at Case Western Reserve University.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe Dr. Froimson’s qualifications to sit on our Board include his clinical expertise and executive experience in the medical field.

Executive Officers

Our current executive officers and their respective ages and positions are as follows:

Name
B. Sonny Bal, M.D.

Bryan J. McEntire
David O’Brien

Age
57

67
55

  Position
  Chairman of  the  Board  of  Directors,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Principal  Financial

Officer

  Chief Scientific Officer
  Chief Operating Officer

The following is a brief summary of the background of each of our executive officers.

B.  Sonny  Bal,  M.D. has  served  on  our  Board  of  Directors  since  February  2012,  as  Chairman  of  our  Board  of  Directors  since August  2014  and  as  our  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer since October 2014. Dr. Bal was a tenured Professor in Orthopaedic Surgery at the University of Missouri, Columbia, and has an extensive history of research
into  silicon  nitride  ceramics.  He  is Adjunct  Professor  of  Material  Sciences  at  Missouri  Science  and  Technology  University  at  Rolla.  Dr.  Bal  is  a  member  of  the American
Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, the American Association of Hip and Knee Surgeons, and the International Society of Technology in Arthroplasty. Dr. Bal received his
M.D. degree from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University, a J.D. from the University of Missouri, and a Ph.D. in Engineering from the Kyoto Institute
of Technology in Japan. We believe that Dr. Bal’s breadth of experience and scientific expertise in silicon nitride qualifies him to serve as our Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer.

Bryan J. McEntire has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since May 2012. From June 2004 to May 2012 he served as our Vice President of Manufacturing and as our Vice
President of Research from December 2006 to May 2012. Dr. McEntire has worked in various advanced ceramic product development, quality engineering and manufacturing
roles at Applied Materials, Inc., (Santa Clara, CA), Norton Advanced Ceramics, a division of Saint-Gobain Industrial Ceramics Corporation (E. Granby, CT), Norton/TRW
Ceramics  (Northboro,  MA)  and  Ceramatec,  Inc.,  (Salt  Lake  City,  UT).  Dr.  McEntire  has  a  BS  degree  in  Materials  Science  and  Engineering  and  an  MBA  both  from  the
University of Utah (Salt Lake City, UT), and a Ph.D. from the Kyoto Institute of Technology (Kyoto, Japan).

David O’Brien has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2019. Mr. O’Brien previously served as the Company’s Vice President and General Manager from October
2016 to July 2019 and from March 2014 through September 2016, he held prior roles as our Vice President of Operations and Vice President of Manufacturing. Mr. O’Brien
has  over  30  years  of  experience  in  engineering,  manufacturing,  and  operations  leadership  in  advanced  materials  and  medical  device  organizations.  From  2005  to  2014,  he
fulfilled several engineering leadership roles for Covidien including Manufacturing Engineering Manager for the Norfolk, Nebraska facility. From 1991 to 2005, he worked for
Arnold  Magnetic  Technologies  in  the  production  of  ceramic,  powder  metal  and  molded  magnets  in  multiple  facilities  across  the  U.S.  and  in  England.  He  has  extensive
experience with Lean and other Continuous Improvement initiatives. Mr. O’Brien holds an M.S. in Ceramic Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology, and a B.S.
in Physics from the University of Texas at San Antonio.

Arrangements between Officers and Directors

To our knowledge, there is no arrangement or understanding between any of our officers and any other person, including directors, pursuant to which the officer was selected to
serve as an officer.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Family Relationships

None of our directors are related by blood, marriage, or adoption to any other director, executive officer, or other key employees.

Other Directorships

With the exception of Dr. Froimson, who is also on the board of directors of Pacira Biosciences, Inc., a SEC public reporting company, none of the directors of the Company
are  also  directors  of  issuers  with  a  class  of  securities  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Exchange Act  (or  which  otherwise  are  required  to  file  periodic  reports  under  the
Exchange Act).

Other Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

None of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any bankruptcy or criminal proceedings (other than traffic and other minor offenses) or been subject to any of
the items set forth under Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K, nor have there been any judgments or injunctions brought against any of our directors or executive officers during the
last ten years that we consider material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any director or executive officer.

The Board and Committees

Our Board of Directors has five members. The Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, B. Sonny Bal, MD, PhD, is a member of the Board and is a full-time
employee of SINTX. David W. Truetzel, Eric A. Stookey, Jeffrey S. White, and Mark Froimson are non-employee directors, and the Board has determined that these persons
(who constitute a majority of the Board) are “independent directors” under the criteria set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Board met four (4) times
during the year ended December 31, 2019. All directors attended all of the meetings of the Board and committee meetings of which such director was a member held during
2019.

In accordance with our restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of
stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting following such election. Our directors are divided
among the three classes as follows:

●

●

●

The Class I director is Mark Froimson and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021.

The Class II directors are David W. Truetzel and Eric A. Stookey, and their terms are expiring at the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders.

The Class III directors are B. Sonny Bal, M.D. and Jeffrey S. White, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020

Any  additional  directorships  resulting  from  an  increase  in  the  number  of  directors  will  be  distributed  among  the  three  classes  so  that,  as  nearly  as  possible,  each  class  will
consist of one-third of the directors.

Our Board of Directors has three permanent committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The
written charters for these committees are on our website at https://ir.sintx.com/corporate-governance. Our Board of Directors may from time to time establish other standing
committees. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of our Board of Directors when necessary to address specific issues.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth a description of the three permanent Board committees and the chairpersons and members of those committees, all of whom are independent
directors:

Committee

Audit Committee

Independent Chairman

Independent Members

  David W. Truetzel

  Eric A. Stookey

Jeffrey S. White

Compensation Committee

Jeffrey S. White

  David W. Truetzel

  Eric A. Stookey

Governance and Nominating Committee

  Eric A. Stookey

Jeffrey S. White

  David W. Truetzel

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is currently comprised of the following members: Eric A. Stookey (Chairman), David W. Truetzel and Jeffrey S White.
Among other items, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is tasked by the Board to: (1) identify individuals qualified to serve as members of the Board and,
recommend individuals to be nominated by the Board for election by the stockholders or to be appointed by the Board to fill vacancies consistent with the criteria approved by
the Board; (2) develop and periodically evaluate and recommend changes to SINTX’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics, and to review the Company’s
policies and programs that relate to matters of corporate responsibility, including public issues of significance to the Company and its stakeholders; and (3) oversee an annual
evaluation of the performance of the Board. The Board has determined that each of the members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is “independent”
under the standard set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee did not meet as a separate committee in
2019,  but  rather,  because  the  committee  is  comprised  of  all  three  independent  directors,  governance  matters  were  addressed  as  necessary  in  meetings  of  the  Board.  The
Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  operates  under  a  written  charter  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  sets  forth  the  responsibilities  and  powers
delegated by the Board to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

Board Nominations

In considering Board candidates, the Board seeks individuals of proven judgment and competence who have strong reputations in their respective fields. Although we do not
have a formal diversity policy, the Board considers such factors as experience, education, employment history, special talents or personal attributes, anticipated participation in
Board activities, and geographic and diversity factors. The process for identifying and evaluating nominees would include detailed consideration of the recommendations and
opinions of members of our Board, our executive officers, and our stockholders. There would be no difference in the process of evaluation of candidates recommended by a
stockholder and those recommended by other sources.

The Nominating and Governance Committee has adopted a policy and procedures for shareholders to recommend nominees to the Company’s Board. The Committee will only
consider  qualified  proposed  nominees  that  meet  the  qualification  standards  set  forth  on  Appendix  A  to  the  Committee’s  charter  available  on  the  Company’s  website  at
www.SINTX.com. Pursuant to the policy, only shareholders who meet minimum percentage ownership requirements as established by the Board may make recommendations
for consideration by the Committee. At this time, the Board has set a minimum percentage ownership of 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock
for  a  period  of  at  least  one  year.  To  make  recommendations,  a  shareholder  must  submit  the  recommendation  in  writing  by  mail,  courier  or  personal  delivery  to:  Corporate
Secretary, SINTX Technologies, Inc., 1885 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, UT 84119. For each annual meeting the Committee will consider only one proposed nominee from
each shareholder or shareholder group (within the meaning of Regulation 13D under the Exchange Act).

The  recommendation  must  set  forth  (1)  the  name,  address,  including  telephone  number,  of  the  recommending  shareholder  or  shareholder  group;  (2)  the  number  of  the
Company’s shares of common stock held by such shareholder and proof of ownership if the shareholder is not a holder of record; and (3) a statement that the shareholder has a
good faith intention of holding the shares through the record date of the Company’s next annual meeting. For shareholder groups this information must be submitted for each
shareholder in the group.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The recommendation must set forth in relation to the proposed nominee being recommended by the shareholder: (1) the information required by Items 401, 403 and 404 of
Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, (2) any material relationships or agreements between the proposed nominee and the recommending shareholder or the Company’s
competitors, customers, labor unions or other persons with special interests in the Company; (3) a statement regarding the qualifications of the proposed nominee to serve on the
Board; (4) a statement that the proposed nominee can fairly represent the interests of all shareholders of the Company; and (5) a signed consent by the proposed nominee to
being interviewed by the Nominating and Governance Committee.

Recommendations must be made not later than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the prior annual meeting of shareholders. In
the event that the date of the annual meeting of shareholders for the current year is more than 30 days following the first anniversary date of the annual meeting of shareholders
for the prior year, the submission of a recommendation will be considered timely if it is submitted not earlier than the close of business on the 120 days prior to such annual
meeting  and  not  later  than  the  close  of  business  on  the  later  of  90  days  prior  to  such  annual  meeting  or  the  close  of  business  10  days  following  the  day  on  which  public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company.

Audit Committee

We have a standing Audit Committee and audit committee charter, which complies with Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Our Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of the following members:
David W. Truetzel (Chairman), Eric A. Stookey and Jeffrey S White. The Audit Committee provides oversight for financial reporting matters, internal controls, and compliance
with the Company’s financial policies, and meets with its auditors when appropriate. The Audit Committee did not meet as a separate committee in 2019, but rather, because
the committee is comprised of all three independent directors, committee matters were addressed as necessary in meetings of the Board. The Board has determined that David
W.  Truetzel  is  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  within  the  meaning  of  Item  407(d)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K.  Further,  the  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  David  W.
Truetzel, Jeffrey S. White and Eric A. Stookey are “independent” under the standard set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Audit Committee operates
under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which sets forth the responsibilities and powers delegated by the Board to the Audit Committee.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee  of  the  Board  is  comprised  of  the  following  members:  Jeffrey  S.  White,  (Chairman),  David  W.  Truetzel  and  Eric A.  Stookey.  The  Board  has
determined that each of David W. Truetzel, Jeffrey S. White and Eric A. Stookey are “independent” under the standard set forth in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules.
The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board for determination compensation of our executive officers, including the chief executive officer, and addresses salary
and benefit matters for other key personnel and employees of the Company. The Compensation Committee did not meet as a separate committee in 2019, but rather, because the
committee is comprised of all three independent directors, committee matters were addressed as necessary in meetings of the Board. The Compensation Committee operates
under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which sets forth the responsibilities and powers delegated by the Board to the Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct

The Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The
code  of  business  conduct  is  available  on  our  website  at  https://ir.sintx.com/corporate-governance.  We  intend  to  disclose  any  amendments  to  the  code  or  any  waivers  of  its
requirements on our website.

The Bylaws of the Company provide that no contract or transaction between SINTX and one or more of its directors or officers, or between SINTX and any other corporation,
firm,  association,  or  other  organization  in  which  one  or  more  of  its  directors  or  officers  are  financially  interested,  shall  be  void  or  voidable  solely  for  this  reason,  or  solely
because  the  director  or  officer  is  present  at  or  participates  in  the  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  committee  that  authorizes  or  approves  the  contract  or  transaction,  or
because their votes are counted for such purpose, provided that:

●

the material facts as to his, her, or their relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee
and  noted  in  the  minutes,  and  the  Board  of  Directors  or  committee  authorizes  the contract  or  transaction  in  good  faith  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of
disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors are less than a quorum;

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●

the material facts as to his, her, or their relationship or interest as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon
and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

●

the contract or transaction is fair as to SINTX as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following discussion relates to the compensation of our “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information about certain compensation awarded or paid to our named executive officers for the 2019 and 2018 fiscal years.

Name and
Principal
Position

B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer

Bryan McEntire
Chief Scientific Officer

David O’Brien
Chief Operating Officer

Year

Salary

Bonus

Compensation    

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan

Stock
Awards

Option
Awards

All
Other

Comp (1)    

2019    $
2018     

400,000    $
400,000     

-    $
-     

2019     
2018     

238,702     
234,959     

4,001     
-     

2019     
2018     

231,750     
219,202     

3,984     
-     

-    $
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-    $
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

-    $
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     

Total
Compensation 
401,231 
411,693 

1,231    $
11,693     

6,610     
9,398     

6,418     
7,386     

249,313 
244,357 

242,152 
226,588 

(1) Amount reflects matching of 401(k) contributions paid by us, unless otherwise noted.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table. We do not have written employment agreements with any of our executive officers. All of our executive officers serve
on an at-will basis. The base salaries for our named executive officers were determined by our compensation committee after reviewing a number of factors, including: the
responsibilities associated with the position, the seniority of the executive’s position, the base salary level in prior years, and our financial position; and for executive officers
other than our Chief Executive Officer, recommendations made by our Chief Executive Officer.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table shows information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2019:

Name
Sonny Bal

Bryan McEntire

David O’Brien

401(k) Plan

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised 
Options (#)

Exercisable

Unexercisable

Option 
Exercise
Price

Option 
Expiration
Date

1   
16   
9   
28   

19   
13   
9   

9   
6   
9   

$

      -   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

139,158   
5,221   
2,321   
367   

5,130   
5,221   
608   

5,129   
5,222   
608   

3/15/2022
1/7/2025
9/16/2025
9/14/2026

8/13/2024
1/7/2025
1/4/2026

7/17/2024
1/7/2025
1/4/2026

We  offer  our  executive  officers,  including  our  named  executive  officers,  retirement  benefits,  including  participation  in  our  tax-qualified  profit  sharing  plan  that  includes  a
“cash-or-deferred” (or 401(k)) feature in the same manner as other employees. The plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our
employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have a like amount contributed to the plan. In addition, we may
make discretionary and/or matching contributions to the plan in amounts determined annually by our Board. We currently elect to match the contributions of our employees
who participate in our 401(k) plan as follows: a match of 100% on the first 3% of compensation contributed by a plan participant and a match of 50% on amounts above 3%, up
to 5%, of compensation contributed by a plan participant.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

We  had  entered  into  certain  agreements  and  maintained  certain  plans  that  may  have  required  us  to  make  certain  payments  and/or  provide  certain  benefits  to  the  executive
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table in the event of a termination of employment or change in control.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to severance agreements that we have entered into with each of our named executive officers, upon the consummation of a change in control, all outstanding options,
restricted stock and other such rights held by the executives will fully vest. Additionally, if a change in control occurs and at any time during the one-year period following the
change in control (i) we or our successor terminate the executive’s employment other than for cause (but not including termination due to the executive’s death or disability) or
(ii) the executive terminates his employment for good reason, then such executive has the right to receive payment consisting of a lump sum payment equal to two times his
highest annual salary with us during the preceding three-year period, including the year of such termination and including bonus payments (measured on a fiscal year basis), but
not including any reimbursements and amounts attributable to stock options and other non-cash compensation. “Change in control” is defined in the severance agreements as
occurring upon: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by our then outstanding voting securities (excluding securities
held by us or our affiliates or any of our employee benefit plans) pursuant to a transaction or a series of related transactions which our Board did not approve; (ii) a merger or
consolidation of our company, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent at
least 50% of the total voting securities or such surviving entity or parent of such corporation outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iii) the approval by
our stockholders of an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. As defined in the severance agreements, “cause” means: (i) the executive’s
commission  of  a  felony  (other  than  through  vicarious  liability  or  through  a  motor  vehicle  offense);  (ii)  the  executive’s  material  disloyalty  or  dishonesty  to  us;  (iii)  the
commission by the executive of an act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds; (iv) a material breach by the executive of any material provision of any agreement
to which the executive and we are party, which breach is not cured within 30 days after our delivery to the executive of written notice of such breach; or (v) the executive’s
refusal to carry out a lawful written directive from our Board. “Good reason” as defined in the severance agreements means, without the executive’s consent: (i) a change in the
principal location at which the executive performs his duties to a new work location that is at least 50 miles from the prior location; or (ii) a material change in the executive’s
compensation,  authority,  functions,  duties  or  responsibilities,  which  would  cause  his  position  with  us  to  become  of  less  responsibility,  importance  or  scope  than  his  prior
position, provided, however, that such material change is not in connection with the termination of the executive’s employment with us for any reason.

In  the  event  that  an  officer  entitled  to  receive  or  receives  payment  or  benefit  under  the  severance  agreements  described  above,  or  under  any  other  plan,  agreement  or
arrangement with us, or any person whose action results in a change in control or any other person affiliated with us and it is determined that the total amount of payments will
be subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar successor provisions, we will be obligated to pay such officer a “gross up” payment to
cover all taxes, including any excise tax and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes due to such payment.

Code of Business Conduct Violations

It is our policy under our Code of Business Conduct to take appropriate action against any executive officer whose actions are found to violate the Code or any other policy of
SINTX.  Disciplinary  actions  may  include  immediate  termination  of  employment  and,  where  SINTX  has  suffered  a  loss,  pursuing  its  remedies  against  the  executive  officer
responsible. SINTX will cooperate fully with the appropriate authorities where laws have been violated.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of
the risks that we face, while our Board of Directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role,
our  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  satisfying  itself  that  the  risk  management  processes  designed  and  implemented  by  management  are  adequate  and  functioning  as
designed.

Our Board of Directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our Board of Directors as a whole,
as well as through various standing committees of the Board of Directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our Board of Directors is
responsible  for  monitoring  and  assessing  strategic  risk  exposure,  including  a  determination  of  the  nature  and  level  of  risk  appropriate  for  us.  Our Audit  Committee  has  the
responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines
and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The Audit Committee also monitors oversight of the performance of our internal
audit function. Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful
in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our Compensation Committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs have
the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking or promote behaviors contra to our Code of Business Conduct.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Compensation

The following table shows the total compensation paid or accrued during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to each of our non-employee directors.

Name
David W. Truetzel
Jeffrey S. White
Eric A. Stookey
Mark Froimson

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)

$

$

122,000   
41,997   
41,997   
-   

Stock
Awards
($)

Option
Awards
($)

$

-   
-   
-   
-   

Total
($)

122,000 
41,997 
41,997 
- 

$

-   
-   
-   
-   

The following compensation schedule sets forth compensation for non-employee directors (paid on a quarterly basis) as approved by the Board:

● Annual Retainer of $40,000 paid in four equal installments of $10,000 each at the beginning of each calendar quarter;

●

●

$1,000 for each board and committee meeting attended in person;

$500 for each board and committee meeting attended via telephone or other remote medium; and

● Reimbursement of reasonable expenses as supported by documentation and receipts.

A new Board appointee receives an award of 40,000 stock options upon appointment. Further, historically, each member of the Board is awarded an option grant for 15,000
stock options on an annual basis. No awards were made for 2019.

The chair of the Audit Committee is paid an annual retainer of $120,000 payable in monthly increments of $10,000 each.

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2019 relating to all of our equity compensation plans:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by Stockholders
Total

(a) Number of 
Securities
to be Issued upon 
Exercise of
Outstanding 
Options

(b) Weighted-
average
Exercise
Price of 
Outstanding
Options

(c) Number of Securities
Remaining Available for Future
Issuance under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Referenced
in Column (a))

377(1) 

$

- 
377(1) 

$

7,447(2) 

- 
7,447(2) 

2,520 

- 
2,520 

(1)

Includes options outstanding under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan

(2) Represents weighted-average exercise price per share of common stock acquirable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

(3) See description below under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan describing the plan’s evergreen formula.

70

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2012 Plan is intended to encourage ownership of common stock by our employees and directors and certain of our consultants in order to attract and retain such people, to
induce them to work for the benefit of us and to provide additional incentive for them to promote our success. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
under the 2012 Plan is 3,173, which number is automatically increased on January 1 of each of year by the lesser of (i) 601 shares of our common stock on such date, (ii) 5% of
the number of outstanding shares of our common stock on such date, and (iii) such other amount determined by the Board through the termination of the 2012 Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2012 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, NQSOs, stock grants and other stock-based awards, including RSUs.

● Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Options. The plan administrator determines the exercise price of each stock option. The exercise price of an NQSO may not be less
than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of an incentive stock option may not be less than the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant if the recipient holds 10% or less of the combined voting power of our securities, or 110% of the fair market value of a share of our
common stock on the date of grant otherwise.

● Stock Grants. The plan administrator may grant or sell stock, including restricted stock, to any participant, which purchase price, if any, may not be less than the par
value of shares of our common stock. The stock grant will be subject to the conditions and restrictions determined by the administrator. The recipient of a stock grant
shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of stock issued to the holder under the 2012 Plan.

● Stock-Based Awards. The administrator of the 2012 Plan may grant other stock-based awards, including stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards and RSUs,
with terms approved by the administrator, including restrictions related to the awards. The holder of a stock-based award shall not have the rights of a stockholder until
shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to such award.

Plan Administration. Our Board is the administrator of the 2012 Plan, except to the extent it delegates its authority to a committee, in which case the committee shall be the
administrator. Our Board has delegated this authority to our compensation committee. The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including exercise
and purchase price, the number of shares subject to awards, the value of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to awards, the form of consideration, if any, payable
upon exercise or settlement of an award and the terms of award agreements for use under the 2012 Plan.

Eligibility. Our Board will determine the participants in the 2012 Plan from among our employees, directors and consultants. A grant may be approved in advance with the
effectiveness of the grant contingent and effective upon such person’s commencement of service within a specified period.

Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by our Board or in an award agreement, upon a termination of a participant’s service, all unvested options then held by the
participant will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited.

Transferability.  Awards under the 2012 Plan may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless otherwise provided by our Board in its
discretion and set forth in the applicable agreement, provided that no award may be transferred for value.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment. In  the  event  of  a  stock  dividend,  stock  split,  recapitalization  or  reorganization  or  other  change  in  change  in  capital  structure,  our  Board  will  make  appropriate
adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards.

Corporate Transaction. If we are acquired, our Board of Directors (or Compensation Committee) will: (i) arrange for the surviving entity or acquiring entity (or the surviving or
acquiring entity’s parent company) to assume or continue the award or to substitute a similar award for the award; (ii) cancel or arrange for cancellation of the award, to the
extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our Board of Directors in its sole discretion,
may consider appropriate; or (iii) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by our Board of Directors equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the
holder would have received upon the exercise of the award immediately prior to the effective time of the transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in
connection with such exercise. In addition, in connection with such transaction, our Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the award (and, if
applicable, the time at which the award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such transaction and may arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any
reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to an award.

Amendment and Termination. The 2012 Plan will terminate on September 6, 2022 or at an earlier date by vote of the stockholders or our Board; provided, however, that any
such earlier termination shall not affect any awards granted under the 2012 Plan prior to the date of such termination. The 2012 Plan may be amended by our Board, except that
our  Board  may  not  alter  the  terms  of  the  2012  Plan  if  it  would  adversely  affect  a  participant’s  rights  under  an  outstanding  stock  right  without  the  participant’s  consent.
Stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the 2012 Plan to the extent such approval is required by law, include the Internal Revenue Code or applicable stock
exchange requirements.

Amendment  of  Outstanding  Awards. The  administrator  may  amend  any  term  or  condition  of  any  outstanding  award  including,  without  limitation,  to  reduce  or  increase  the
exercise price or purchase price, accelerate the vesting schedule or extend the expiration date, provided that no such amendment shall impair the rights of a participant without
such participant’s consent.

 ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 19, 2020 by:

●

●

●

●

each of our current directors;

each of our executive officers; and

all of our directors and executive officers as a group;

each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Common Stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock that
may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days of March 19, 2020, pursuant to the exercise or vesting of options or warrants or conversion of convertible promissory
notes, are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Percentage of shares beneficially owned is based on 10,563,618 shares issued and outstanding on
March 19, 2020.

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe that the stockholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common
stock shown to be beneficially owned by them, based on information provided to us by such stockholders. The address for each director and executive officer listed is: c/o
SINTX Technologies, Inc., 1885 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, Utah 84119.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Five Percent Stockholders:
none
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
B. Sonny Bal, M.D. (1)
David W. Truetzel (2)
Jeffrey S. White (3)
Eric A. Stookey (4)
Bryan McEntire (5)
David O’Brien (6)
Mark Froimson, M.D.
All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

Shares Beneficially Owned

Number

Percentage

1,899   
119   
15   
13   
54   
24   
-   
2,124   

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*

Indicates ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

(1) Represents 12 shares of Common Stock and options and warrants to purchase 1,887 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020.

(2) Represents 71 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 48 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020.

(3) Represents 2 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 13 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020.

(4) Represents options to purchase 13 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020.

(5) Represents 13 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 41 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020.

(6) Represents options to purchase 24 shares of Common Stock that are currently exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2020

 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Transactions with Related Persons

We have not entered into any transactions since January 1, 2019 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded the lesser of $120,000
or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge,
beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, on an as converted basis, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a
direct  or  indirect  material  interest,  other  than  equity  and  other  compensation,  termination,  change  in  control  and  other  arrangements,  which  are  described  above  under
“Executive and Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements.  We  have  entered  into  indemnification  agreements  with  each  of  our  executive  officers  and  directors  that  require  us  to  indemnify  such  persons
against any and all expenses, including judgments, fines or penalties, attorney’s fees, witness fees or other professional fees and related disbursements and other out-of-pocket
costs incurred, in connection with any action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry or administrative hearing, whether threatened,
pending or completed, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of our company,
provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The
indemnification agreements also set forth procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. We believe that these provisions and agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

73

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policy for Review of Related Party Transactions

We have a policy for the review of transactions with related persons as set forth in our Audit Committee Charter and internal practices. The policy requires review, approval or
ratification  of  all  transactions  in  which  we  are  a  participant  and  in  which  any  of  our  directors,  executive  officers,  shareholders  holding  more  than  5%  of  our  outstanding
common stock, an immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons or any other person who the Board determines may be considered to be a related person has a
direct or indirect material interest and which meet the threshold requirements set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act (typically $120,000 or more in
value). All related party transactions must be reported for review by the Audit Committee pursuant to the Audit Committee’s charter.

In reviewing and approving such transactions, the Audit Committee shall obtain, or shall direct management to obtain on its behalf, all information that the Audit Committee
believes  to  be  relevant  and  important  to  a  review  of  the  transaction  prior  to  its  approval.  Following  receipt  of  the  necessary  information,  a  discussion  shall  be  held  of  the
relevant  factors  if  deemed  to  be  necessary  by  the Audit  Committee  prior  to  approval.  No  related  party  transaction  shall  be  entered  into  prior  to  the  completion  of  these
procedures.

Following its review, the Audit Committee determines whether these transactions are in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, taking
into consideration whether they are on terms no less favorable to the Company than those available with other parties and the related person’s interest in the transaction.

Our  policy  for  review  of  transactions  with  related  persons  was  followed  in  all  of  the  transactions  set  forth  above  and  all  such  transactions  were  reviewed  and  approved  in
accordance with our policy for review of transactions with related persons.

Director Independence

Information regarding the independence of directors is disclosed above under Item 10 under the heading “The Board and Committees” and incorporated herein by reference.

 ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The aggregate fees and expenses incurred from our principal accounting firm, Tanner LLC, for fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, were as follows (in thousands):

Audit fees
Audit related fees
Tax fees
All other fees
Total Fees

Year Ended 

December 31, 2019    

  $

  $

259,929    $
64,971   
16,750   
-   

341,650    $

Year Ended 
December 31, 2018  
251,558 
124,974 
17,482 
- 
394,014 

Each  of  the  permitted  non-audit  services  has  been  pre-approved  by  the Audit  Committee  or  the Audit  Committee’s  Chairman  pursuant  to  delegated  authority  by  the Audit
Committee, other than de minimus non-audit services for which the pre-approval requirements are waived in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Fees

Consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements and review of interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly
reports and services that are normally provided by the principal accountants in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit Related Fees

Consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and are not
reported under “Audit Fees”.

Tax Fees

Consist of fees billed for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These services include preparation of federal and state income tax returns.

All Other Fees

Consist of fees for product and services other than the services reported above.

Policy for Approval of Audit and Permitted Non-Audit Services

The Audit Committee charter provides that the Audit Committee will pre-approve audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditors before the
accountant  is  engaged  to  render  these  services.  The Audit  Committee  may  consult  with  management  in  the  decision-making  process,  but  may  not  delegate  this  authority  to
management.  The Audit  Committee  may  delegate  its  authority  to  pre-approve  services  to  one  or  more  committee  members,  provided  that  the  designees  present  the  pre-
approvals to the full committee at the next committee meeting.

 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on Page F-1 hereof.

 PART IV

(1) Financial Statements.  The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes  thereto,  and  the  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public Accounting Firm  are

incorporated by reference as provided in Item 8 of this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are either not required or not applicable, or because the information required to be presented is
included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in this Annual Report.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference.

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from Form
or Schedule

  Filing Date  

SEC File/Reg.
Number

2.1

3.1

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.1.6

3.2

3.2.1

4.1

4.2

4.3

Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Amedica Corporation, CTL
Corporation and US Spine Inc. dated as of September 5, 2018

Form 8-K (Exhibit 2.1)

10/5/18

001-33624

  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

2/20/14

  001-33624

Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
SINTX Corporation

Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
SINTX Corporation

Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

1/22/16

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

11/16/17

001-33624

  Certificate of Designation of Series B Preferred Stock

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

5/15/18

  001-33624

  Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

11/02/18

  001-33624

Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
SINTX Technologies, Inc.

Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

7/26/19

001-33624

  Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

2/07/20

  001-33624

  Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.1)

2/20/14

  001-33624

Amendment to the Bylaws of Amedica Corporation dated as of October 30,
2018.

Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.2)

11/02/18

001-33624

Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock by and
between the Registrant and GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc., dated as of
December 17, 2012

Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock by and
between the Registrant and Zions First National Bank, dated as of December
17, 2012

76

Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.1)

1/29/14

333-192232

Form S-1 (Exhibit 4.10)

11/8/13

333-192232

Form S-1 (Exhibit 4.11)

11/8/13

333-192232

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from Form
or Schedule

  Filing Date  

SEC File/Reg.
Number

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

Form of Warrant to be Issued to Investors in the Offering

Amendment No. 3
to Form S-1 (Exhibit 4.24)

11/20/14

333-199753

  Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued on April 4, 2016.

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.1)

4/05/16

  001-33624

Form of Series E Warrant

Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.25)

6/30/16

333-211520

  Form of Warrant

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.1)

1/20/17

  001-33624

  North Stadium Investments, LLC Warrant to Purchase Common Stock

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.2)

8/3/17

  001-33624

  Common Stock Warrant

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 3.2)

5/15/18

  001-33624

Form of Warrant Agency Agreement between Amedica Corporation and
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC

Form S-1 (Exhibit 4.28)

4/26/18

333-223032

  Westlake Securities LLC Common Stock Purchase Warrant

  Form S-1 (Exhibit 4.30)

4/26/18

  333-223032

  Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant Issued on September 11, 2015

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.1)

9/18/15

  001-33624

  Form of Indenture

  Form S-3 (Exhibit 4.2)

3/25/19

  333-230492

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

4.14

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

  Form of Common Stock Warrant

Exhibit Description

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from Form
or Schedule

  Form S-1/A

  Filing Date  
1/15/20

SEC File/Reg.
Number
  333-234438

Form of Warrant Agency Agreement between Amedica Corporation and
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, dated February 6, 2020

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

2/07/20

001-33624

  Warrant Issued to Maxim Group LLC on February 6, 2020

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.1)

2/07/20

  001-33624

  Warrant Issued to Ascendiant Capital Markets, LLC on February 6, 2020

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 4.2)

2/07/20

  001-33624

  Description of Registrant’s Securities

X

Loan and Security Agreement by and among the Registrant, its subsidiary,
Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., and Hercules Technology III,
L.P., dated as of June 30, 2014

Centrepointe Business Park Lease Agreement Net by and between the
Registrant and Centrepointe Properties, LLC, dated as of April 21, 2009

First Addendum to Centrepointe Business Park Lease Agreement Net by and
between the Registrant and Centrepointe Properties, LLC, dated as of
January 31, 2012

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.3)

7/1/14

001-33624

Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.10)

11/8/13

333-192232

Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.11)

11/8/13

333-192232

  Form of Change of Control Agreement*

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

7/22/15

  001-33624

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and its
officers and directors

SINTX Technologies Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan*

Form of 2012 Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement*

Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Award and Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement*

78

Amendment No. 2
to Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.14)

Amendment No. 4
to Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.15)

Amendment No. 4
to Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.16)

Amendment No. 4
to Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.17)

12/20/13

333-192232

2/12/14

333-192232

2/12/14

333-192232

2/12/14

333-192232

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

Exhibit Description

Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated
September 8, 2015 by and among Hercules Technology Growth Capital Inc.,
the financial institutions signatory thereto, SINTX Corporation, and the
guarantors signatory thereto.

First Amendment to Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of
SINTX Corporation dated September 8, 2015, by and between SINTX
Corporation and Hercules Technology III, L.P.

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from Form
or Schedule

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

  Filing Date  
9/8/15

SEC File/Reg.
Number

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.2)

9/8/15

001-33624

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement between SINTX Technologies and
the Purchasers Dated September 8, 2015

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.5)

9/8/15

001-33624

Exchange Agreement dated April 4, 2016, by and among SINTX
Corporation and Riverside Merchant Partners, LLC

Warrant Agency Agreement, dated July 8, 2016, by and between SINTX
Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Warrant Agency Agreement dated January 24, 2017, by and between
SINTX Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.2)

5/05/16

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

7/8/16

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 8-K)

1/24/17

001-33624

  Security Agreement, dated July 28, 2017

  Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

8/3/17

  001-33624

Assignment Agreement, dated January 3, 2018, by and among the Company,
US Spine, Inc., MEF I, L.P., Anson Investments Master Fund LP, Hercules
Technology III, L.P. and Hercules Capital, Inc.

Exchange Agreement, dated January 3, 2018, by and among SINTX
Corporation and MEF I, L.P.

79

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

1/4/18

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.2)

1/4/18

001-33624

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

Exhibit Description

Exchange Agreement, dated January 3, 2018, by and among Amedica
Corporation and Anson Investments Master Fund LP

Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated January 3, 2018, by and
among Amedica Corporation and MEF I, L.P.

Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated January 3, 2018, by and
among Amedica Corporation and Anson Investments

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated January 30, 2018, by and among the
Company and L2 Capital, LLC.

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from Form
or Schedule

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.3)

  Filing Date  
1/4/18

SEC File/Reg.
Number

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.4)

1/4/18

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.5)

1/4/18

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

2/1/18

001-33624

  Amended and Restated Promissory Note payable to L2 Capital

  Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.25)

4/26/18

  333-223032

  Form of Warrant Amendment Agreement

  Form S-1 (Exhibit 10.26)

4/26/18

  333-223032

Amendment to Centrepointe Business Park Lease Agreement, dated June 7,
2019, between SINTX Technologies, Inc. and Centrepointe Properties, LLC.

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

6/10/19

001-33624

Equity Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2019, by and between
SINTX Technologies, Inc and Maxim Group LLC

Amendment to Equity Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 12,
2019, by and between SINTX Technologies, Inc. and Maxim Group LLC

Promissory Note issued by CTL Corporation in favor of Amedica
Corporation dated as of October 1, 2018.

Security Agreement between Amedica Corporation and CTL Corporation
dated as of October 1, 2018.

Guaranty between Amedica Corporation and Daniel Chon dated as of
October 1, 2018.

ROFN Security Agreement between Amedica Corporation and CTL
Corporation dated as of October 1, 2018.

80

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

6/04/19

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

9/12/19

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.1)

10/5/18

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.2)

10/5/18

001-33624

Form 8-K (Exhibit 10.3)

10/5/18

001-33624

From 8-K (Exhibit 10.4)

10/5/18

001-33624

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Exhibit Description

Filed with
this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein from
Form or Schedule

Filing Date

SEC
File/Reg.
Number

  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

  Form S-1 (Exhibit 21.1)

11/01/19

  333-234438

Exhibit
Number

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Tanner LLC

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer

  Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

101 SCH

 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (A)

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (A)

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (A)

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (A)

101.PRE

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (A)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

*

(A)

Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement

XBRL (EXTENSIBLE BUSINESS REPORTING LANGUAGE) information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of
1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 SIGNATURES

Date: March 25, 2020

SINTX Technologies, Inc.

/s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities
and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 25, 2020

Date: March 25, 2020

Date: March 25, 2020

Date: March 25, 2020

Date: March 25, 2020

/s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal, M.D., Director

/s/ David W. Truetzel
David W. Truetzel, Director

/s/ Jeffrey S. White
Jeffrey S. White, Director

/s/ Eric A. Stookey
Eric A. Stookey, Director

/s/ Mark Froimson
Mark Froimson, M.D., Director

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 As of and For the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
SINTX Technologies, Inc. (previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Salt Lake City, Utah

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SINTX Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively
referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ TANNER LLC

March 25, 2020
Salt Lake City, Utah

We have served as the Company’s auditors since 2017

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 SINTX Technologies, Inc.
(previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

As of December 31,

2019

2018

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Account and other receivables, net of allowance of $0 and $56, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventories
Notes receivable, current portion

Total current assets

Inventories
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Long-term note receivable, net of current portion
Operating lease right of use asset
Other long-term assets
Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Derivative liabilities, current portion
Current portion of operating lease liability
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Operating lease liability, net of current portion
Derivative liabilities, net of current portion
Other long-term liabilities
Long term debt, net of current portion
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 130,000,000 shares authorized; 249 and 4,074 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 2,434,009 and 726,455 shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,787   
136   
310   
106   
1,724   
4,063   

533   
190   
41   
1,944   
2,341   
35   
9,147   

191   
1,266   
6   
220   
360   
23   
2,066   

1,867   
-   
-   
12   
3,945   

5,447 
263 
171 
52 
1,084 
7,017 

624 
124 
46 
3,669 
- 
35 
11,515 

301 
838 
- 
1,062 
169 
10 
2,380 

- 
504 
232 
- 
3,116 

-   

24   
239,256   
(234,078)  
5,202   
9,147   

$

- 

7 
237,673 
(229,281)
8,399 
11,515 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 SINTX Technologies, Inc.
(previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Product revenue
Costs of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Goodwill impairment
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expenses):

Interest expense
Interest income
Offering costs
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Other income

Total other income, net
Net loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Net loss
Deemed dividend related to beneficial conversion feature and accretion of discount on convertible Series A
preferred stock
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Net loss per share – basic and diluted
Basic – continuing operations
Basic – discontinued operations
Basic – gain from sale of discontinued operations
Basic – deemed dividend and accretion of a discount on conversion of Series B preferred stock
Basic – attributable to common stockholders

Diluted – continuing operations
Diluted – discontinued operations
Diluted – gain from sale of discontinued operations
Diluted – deemed dividend and accretion of a discount on conversion of Series B preferred stock
Diluted – attributable to common stockholders

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

$

$

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

689   
551   
138   

3,394   
2,908   
430   
-   
6,732   
(6,594)  

(4)  
450   
-   
1,303   
-   
-   
48   
1,797   
(4,797)  
-   
(4,797)  
-   
-   
(4,797)  

(2,703)  
(7,500)  

(3.08)  
-   
-   
(1.74)  
(4.82)  
(3.95)  
-   
-   
(1.74)  
(5.69)  

$

$

$

$

1,555,988   
1,555,988   

95 
56 
39 

2,991 
3,866 
135 
6,163 
13,155 
(13,116)

(1,388)
- 
(682)
7,005 
(339)
(1,252)
83 
3,427 
(9,689)
- 
(9,689)
(324)
1,361 
(8,652)

(13,900)
(22,552)

(26.57)
(0.89)
3.73 
(38.12)
(61.85)
(43.21)
(0.85)
3.54 
(36.21)
(76.73)

364,602 
383,855 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 SINTX Technologies, Inc.
(previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share data)

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Paid-In     Accumulated   

Shares

Amount

Shares

    Amount

Balance as of December 31, 2017
Issuance of common stock from the exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock from the reduction in debt
Issuance of preferred stock from offering, net of issuance
costs
Warrants issued in association with debt
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Deemed dividend related to adjustment of the exercise price
of warrants issued with debt
Accretion of change in warrant exercise price
Issuance of common stock due to conversion of preferred
stock
Accretion of convertible preferred stock discount
Deemed dividend related to the issuance of preferred stock
Extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock for cash
Issuance of common stock due to conversion of preferred
stock
Accretion of convertible preferred stock discount
Deemed dividend related to the issuance of preferred stock
Extinguishment of derivative liability upon exercise of
warrant
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balance as of December 31, 2019

-    $
-     
-     

15,000     
-     
-     

-     
-     

(10,926)    
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
4,074     
-     
-     

(3,825)    
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
249    $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

100,936    $
36,205     
19,348     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

569,966     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
726,455     
35,874     
527,896     

-      1,143,784     
-     
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-      2,434,009    $

    Capital
1    $
-     
-     

226,070    $
1,652     
1,453     

Deficit

(220,629)   $
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

6     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
7     
-     
5     

12     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
24    $

6,749     
98     
1,040     

(9)    
9     

(6)    
13,900     
(13,900)    
575     
42     
-     
237,673     
103     
1,446     

(12)    
2703     
(2703)    

-     
-     
-     

-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
(8,652)    
(229,281)    
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

44     
2     
-     
239,256    $

-     
-     
(4,797)    
(234,078)   $

Total
Equity

5,442 
1,652 
1,453 

6,749 
98 
1,040 

(9)
9 

- 
13,900 
(13,900)
575 
42 
(8,652)
8,399 
103 
1,451 

- 
2703 
(2703)

44 
2 
(4,797)
5,202 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 SINTX Technologies, Inc.
(previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Cash flow from operating activities
Net loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation expense
Amortization of right of use asset
Amortization of intangible assets
Non-cash interest income
Non-cash interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Stock based compensation
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Loss on impairment of goodwill
Bad debt expense
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Account and other receivables
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventories
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Payments on operating lease liability

Net cash used in operating activities – continuing operations
Cash loss on sale – discontinued operations

Net cash provided by operating activities – discontinued operations
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment
Proceeds from notes receivable, net of imputed interest
Purchase of intangible asset
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities – continuing operations
Net cash used in investing activities – discontinued operations
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of warrant derivative liability, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from exercise of warrants, net of fees
Capital raise costs
Principal payment on debt
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Payments on debt extinguishment
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities – continuing operations
Net cash provided by financing activities – discontinued operations
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Noncash investing and financing activities
Right-of-Use Assets and assumption of operating lease liability
Extinguishment of derivative liabilities through exercise of warrants
Issuance of debt for equipment
Change in par value due to conversion of preferred stock to common stock
Debt exchange

Payment of debt with common stock
Warrants issued in association with debt
Supplemental cash flow information

Cash paid for interest

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

(4,797)  

$

102   
363   
5   
(443)  
-   
-   
2   
(1,303)  
-   
-   
(3)  

131   
19   
37   
216   
(764)  
(6,435)  
-   
-   

(6,435)  

(147)  
1,528   
-   
1,381   
-   
1,381   

-   
-   
1,451   
103   
(157)  
(3)  
-   
-   
1,394   
-   
1,394   
(3,660)  
5,447   

$

$

$

1,787   

$

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

2,704   
44   
21   
11   
-   

-   
-   

4   

$

(9,689)

105 
- 
4 
(86)
956 
339 
42 
(7,005)
1,252 
6,163 
- 

(139)
19 
(8)
(1,281)
- 
(9,328)
(695)
675 

(9,348)

(11)
- 
(50)
(61)
(84)
(145)

7,577 
6,749 
- 
1,652 
- 
- 
705 
(2,282)
14,401 
- 
14,401 
4,908 
539 

5,447 

- 
565 
- 
- 
2,265 

1,453 
98 

426 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

SINTX  Technologies,  Inc.  (“SINTX”  or  “the  Company”)  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  Delaware  on  December  10,  1996  (and  was  previously  known  as  Amedica
Corporation). SINTX is an OEM ceramics company that develops and commercializes silicon nitride for medical and non-medical applications. The core strength of SINTX is
the manufacturing, research, and development of silicon nitride ceramics for external partners. The Company presently manufactures silicon nitride spinal implant in its ISO
13485  certified  manufacturing  facility  for  CTL  Amedica,  the  exclusive  retail  channel  for  silicon  nitride  spinal  implants.  The  Company  believes  it  is  the  first  and  only
manufacturer to use silicon nitride in medical applications. The Company’s products are primarily sold in the United States.

As further explained in Note 14, on October 1, 2018, the Company completed the sale of its retail spine business to CTL Medical, a Dallas, Texas-based privately held medical
device manufacturer. As a result of the sale, CTL Medical is now the exclusive owner of Amedica’s portfolio of metal and silicon nitride spine products, which are presently
sold under the brand names of Taurus, Preference, and Valeo, with access to future silicon nitride spine technologies. Manufacturing, R&D, and all intellectual property related
to  the  core,  non-spine,  biomaterial  technology  of  silicon  nitride  remains  with  the  Company.  The  Company  will  serve  as  CTL’s  exclusive  OEM  provider  of  silicon  nitride
products.

On October 30, 2018, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation with the State of Delaware to change its corporate name to SINTX Technologies, Inc. in order to
better reflect its focus on silicon nitride science and technologies and pipeline of silicon nitride-based products in various biomedical applications. The Company also changed
its trading symbol on the NASDAQ Capital Market to “SINT”.

The previous name, Amedica, has transferred to CTL Medical, which is now CTL-Amedica. The Company’s new corporate brand reflects both the Company’s core competence
in the science and production of silicon nitride ceramics, as well as encouraging prospects for the future, as an OEM supplier of spine implants to CTL-Amedica, and several
opportunities  outside  of  spine.  As  SINTX  Technologies  Inc.,  the  Company  will  focus  on  developing  silicon  nitride  in  terms  of  product  design,  and  future  biomaterial
formulations, for a variety of OEM customers.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all assets,
liabilities  and  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  US  Spine.  All  material  intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and
settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business, and does not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of
assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result  from  uncertainty  related  to  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  within  one  year  from  the  date  of
issuance of these consolidated financial statements.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred a net loss of $4.8 million and $8.7 million, respectively, and used cash in continuing operations of
$6.4 million and $9.3 million, respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $234.1 million and $229.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. To
date, the Company’s operations have been principally financed from proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock and, to a lesser extent, cash generated from
product  sales.  It  is  anticipated  that  the  Company  will  continue  to  generate  operating  losses  and  use  cash  in  operations.  The  Company’s  continuation  as  a  going  concern  is
dependent upon its ability to increase sales, and/or raise additional funds through the capital markets. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash
flows from operations or obtain additional financing is uncertain.

The  Company  is  actively  generating  additional  scientific  and  clinical  data  to  have  it  published  in  leading  industry  publications.  The  unique  features  of  our  silicon  nitride
material are not well known, and we believe the publication of such data would help sales efforts as the Company approaches new prospects. The Company is also making
additional changes to the sales strategy, including a focus on revenue growth by expanding the use of silicon nitride in other areas outside of spinal fusion applications.

The Company has common stock that is publicly traded and has been able to successfully raise capital when needed since the date of the Company’s initial public offering in
February 2014. In March 2018, the Company closed on gross proceeds of $1.4 million, before payment of placement agent fees and costs, on a warrant reprice and exercise
transaction. Additionally, on May 14, 2018, the Company closed on a public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15
million, which excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an ATM equity distribution agreement in which the Company may sell, from time to time, shares of
common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $2.5 million (see Note 8). The Company sold 527,896 shares during the year ended December 31, 2019, raising
approximately $1.5 million net of issuance cost of $0.2 million. The Company is eligible to raise an additional $0.8 million under this offering.

On October 1, 2018, the Company sold the retail spine business to CTL Medical. The sale included a $6 million noninterest bearing note receivable payable over a 36-month
term. The 36-month term of the note receivable requires 18 payments of $138,889 followed by 18 payments of $194,444, with maturing of the note receivable to occur October
1, 2021. The Company expects cash flows totaling $0.6 million from January 1, 2020 through April 30, 2020, the last four months of the initial 18-month payment period and
cash flows of $3.5 million for the following eighteen months. The buyer also assumed the Company’s $2.5 million related party note payable. As further explained in Note 16,
the  Company  raised  gross  proceeds  of  approximately  $9.4  million  subsequent  to  December  31,  2019,  under  a  rights  offering  consisting  of  shares  of  preferred  stock  and
common stock warrants.

Management has concluded that together with its existing capital resources and availability under its existing ATM offering, proceeds from the 2020 offering, and payments on
the note receivable from the sale of the Spine business will be sufficient to fund operations for at least the next 12 months, or through March 2021.

Reverse Stock Split

On July 26, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 30 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. The par value and the authorized shares of the common and preferred
stock  were  not  adjusted  as  a  result  of  the  reverse  stock  split. All  common  stock  shares,  equivalents,  and  per-share  amounts  for  all  periods  presented  in  these  consolidated
financial statements have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. As of December 31, 2019, the most significant estimate relates to derivative liabilities.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and account
and other receivables. Because the financial institution that the Company currently uses does not participate in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”),
the Company does not presently have a program to limit its exposure to credit loss. The Company’s deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

As of December 31, 2019, one customer receivable balance was 100% of the Company’s total accounts receivable from continuing operations. One customer accounted for
100% of the Company’s total revenues from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its product revenue primarily from the sale of spinal fusion products, used in the treatment of spine disorders to CTL Medical, with whom the Company
signed a 10-year exclusive sales agreement in October 2018. The Company is currently pursuing other sales opportunities for silicon nitride outside the spinal fusion application.
The Company recognizes revenue from sales at the time the product is shipped. Historically, the Company’s product returns and exchanges have not been significant.  

As of January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), and elected to use the modified
retrospective method. Under the modified retrospective method, the Company has presented prior periods under legacy GAAP, with the cumulative effect of initial application
adjusted through beginning retained earnings. The new standard did not have a material impact on the revenue recognition process of the Company and no cumulative effect
was recognized upon initial application.

With the adoption of ASC 606 at the beginning of 2019, revenue is recognized when control of the goods or services promised under the contract is transferred to the customer
either at a point in time (e.g., upon delivery) or over time (e.g., as performed under the contract). The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment
from both parties, the rights and payment terms of the parties are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. Contracts are
reviewed to determine whether there is one or multiple performance obligations. A performance obligation is a promise to transfer a distinct good or service to a customer and
represents the unit of accounting for revenue recognition. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the expected consideration, or the transaction price, is allocated to
each  performance  obligation  identified  in  the  contract  based  on  the  relative  standalone  selling  price  of  each  performance  obligation.  Revenue  is  then  recognized  for  the
transaction  price  allocated  to  the  performance  obligation  when  control  of  the  promised  goods  or  services  underlying  the  performance  obligation  is  transferred.  Contract
consideration is not adjusted for the effects of a significant financing component when, at contract inception, the period between when control transfers and when the customer
will pay for that good or service is one year or less. Contact modifications that provide for additional distinct goods or services at the standalone selling price are treated as
separate contracts. The transaction price for our contracts reflects our estimate of returns, rebates and discounts, which historically have not been significant. Amounts billed to
customers for shipping and handling are included in the transaction price and generally are not treated as separate performance obligations as these costs fulfill a promise to
transfer the product to the customer. The Company does not employee salespeople to actively seek additional customers; there are no incremental costs for obtaining customers
that need to be capitalized.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Costs of Revenue

The expenses that are included in costs of revenue include all in-house manufacturing costs for the products we manufacture.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash on deposit, money market accounts and highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and
cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost for manufactured inventory determined under the standard costs, which approximate actual costs,
determined on the first-in first-out (“FIFO”) method. Manufactured inventory consists of raw material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead cost components. The Company
reviews the carrying value of inventory on a periodic basis for excess or obsolete items, and records any write-down as a cost of revenue, as necessary.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated
useful lives or the related lease term, generally five years.

The Company reviews the carrying value of the Company’s property and equipment that are held and used in the Company’s operations for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted
future  net  cash  flows  from  the  operations  to  which  the  assets  relate,  utilizing  management’s  best  estimate,  assumptions,  and  projections  at  the  time.  If  the  carrying  value  is
determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment charge would be recognized to the extent the carrying value
exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. The Company estimates the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Account and Other Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Account and other receivables are carried at invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a regular basis, the Company evaluates account and other receivables
and estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general
economy as a whole. Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

Long Lived Intangible Assets

The  Company  evaluates  the  carrying  value  of  intangibles  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  Factors  the
Company considers important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future
operating  results,  significant  changes  in  the  manner  of  its  use  of  acquired  assets  or  its  overall  business  strategy,  and  significant  industry  or  economic  trends.  The  Company
amortizes definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. The Company recorded no impairment loss for definite-lived intangible assets during the
year ended December 31, 2019. As explained in Notes 1 and 14, the Company sold most intangible assets that had a carrying value to CTL Medical, retaining the carrying
value of only one trademark asset.

Derivative Liabilities

Derivative liabilities include the fair value of instruments such as common stock warrants, preferred stock warrants and convertible features of notes, that are initially recorded
at fair value and are required to be re-measured to fair value at each reporting period. The change in fair value of the instruments is recognized as a component of other income
(expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations until the instruments settle, expire or are no longer classified as derivative liabilities. The Company estimates
the fair value of these instruments using the Black-Scholes-Merton or Monte-Carlo valuation models depending on the complexity of the underlying instrument. The significant
assumptions used in estimating the fair value include the exercise price, volatility of the stock underlying the instrument, risk-free interest rate, estimated fair value of the stock
underlying the instrument and the estimated life of the instrument.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and Development

All  research  and  development  costs,  including  those  funded  by  third  parties,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs  consist  of  engineering,  product
development,  test-part  manufacturing,  testing,  developing  and  validating  the  manufacturing  process,  and  regulatory  related  costs.  Research  and  development  expenses  also
include employee compensation, employee and nonemployee stock-based compensation, supplies and materials, consultant services, and travel and facilities expenses related to
research activities.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new spinal fusion products, product candidates for total joint replacements, dental
applications, and other products, which may increase our total research and development expenses.

Advertising Costs

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  primary  component  of  the  Company’s  advertising  expenses  is  advertising  in  trade  periodicals. Advertising  costs  were  not
significant for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Income Taxes

The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  value  of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the fiscal year in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be
realized.

The  Company  operates  in  various  tax  jurisdictions  and  is  subject  to  audit  by  various  tax  authorities.  The  Company  provides  for  tax  contingencies  whenever  it  is  deemed
probable that a tax asset has been impaired, or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Tax contingencies are based upon their
technical merits relative tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the
amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

The  Company  recognizes  uncertain  income  tax  positions  taken  on  income  tax  returns  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more-likely  than-not  to  be  sustained  upon  audit  by  the
relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of our income tax provision. For the
years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  material  interest  income,  interest  expense  or  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  or  the
settlement of audits for prior periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards as determined on the date of
grant and is recognized as expense over the remaining requisite service period. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value
of  employee  stock  options.  The  Black-Scholes-Merton  model  requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective  and  complex  assumptions,  including  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, the expected term of the stock option, and the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period equal to the
expected term of the grant. The Company estimates forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from
those estimates. The Company accounts for stock options to purchase shares of stock that are issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of such instruments
using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company uses the simplified method as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-based Payment, to calculate the
expected term of stock option grants to employees as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the
expected term of stock options granted to employees. The Company utilizes a dividend yield of zero because the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no current
intention to pay cash dividends. The risk-free rate of return used for each grant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a
similar expected life.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, and other advisory costs related to the Company’s efforts to raise debt and equity capital.

Offering costs paid in cash or by issuing warrants associated with the Company’s equity fundraising activities are either recorded to additional paid in capital as a reduction of
the proceeds or expensed in the case of failed offerings.

Accounting Pronouncement Adopted In 2019

In August 2016, the FASB updated accounting guidance on the following eight specific cash flow classification issues: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2)
settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (3)
contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement  of  insurance  claims;  (5)  proceeds  from  the  settlement  of  corporate-
owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investees; (7) beneficial interests in securitization
transactions; and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. Under prior U.S. GAAP, there was no specific guidance on the eight cash
flow classification issues aforementioned. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2019. The guidance in this standard did not have a material impact on
the financial statements of the Company upon adoption.

In February 2016, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to leases as part of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to increase
transparency  and  comparability  among  organizations  by  recognizing  lease  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information  about  leasing
arrangements.  The  Company  adopted  the  new  guidance  effective  January  1,  2019  (see  Note  15),  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach. Adoption  of  the  new  guidance
resulted in the Company being required to record an additional operating lease right-of-use asset totaling approximately $0.7 million and liability totaling approximately $0.9
million (with $0.7 million incremental to adoption of the new guidance) on the date of adoption. Subsequent to the initial adoption of the new standard the Company amended
the lease (see Note 15). The standard did not materially impact the consolidated net loss and had no impact on cash flows.

In  May  2014,  in  addition  to  several  amendments  issued  during  2016,  the  FASB  updated  the  accounting  guidance  related  to  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers,  which
supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2019. The core principle of the new
guidance is that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an
entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. The standard defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates are
often required within the revenue recognition process than were required under prior U.S. GAAP. The Company has one primary customer (see Note 14) and related contract
that  has  one  performance  obligation  to  which  revenue  is  allocated.  Revenue  under  this  contract  is  recognized  when  the  product  is  shipped  to  the  customer.  The  Company
generally bills its customer upon shipment of the product and invoices are generally due within 30 days. The Company does provide certain rights of return, which historically
have not been significant. The Company does not anticipate incurring significant incremental costs to obtain contracts with future customers. The guidance in this standard did
not have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company upon adoption.

New Accounting Pronouncement, Not Yet Adopted

The Company has reviewed all other recently issued, but not yet adopted, accounting standards, in order to determine their effects, if any, on its results of operations, financial
position or cash flows. Based on that review, the Company believes that no other pronouncements will have a significant effect on its financial statements upon adoption.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loss Per Share – Basic and Diluted

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common
stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period that
are determined to be dilutive. Dilutive common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, warrants for the purchase of common stock and stock options
outstanding under the Company’s equity incentive plans.

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common stock equivalent
shares):

Convertible preferred stock
Common stock warrants
Common stock options

As of December 31,

2019

2018

95,303   
390,883   
377   
486,563   

311,209 
48,489 
377 
360,075 

Below are basic and diluted loss per share data for the year ended December 31, 2019, which are in thousands except for share and per share data:

Numerator:

Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Deemed dividend and accretion of a discount
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Denominator:

Number of shares used in per common share calculations:

Net loss per common share:

Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Deemed dividend and accretion of a discount
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Basic
Calculation

Effect of
Dilutive
Warrant
Securities

Diluted
Calculation

(4,797)  
-   
-   
(2,703)  
(7,500)  

1,555,988   

(3.08)  
-   
-   
(1.74)  
(4.82)  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

F-13

(1,346)  
-   
-   
-   
(1,346)  

-   

(0.87)  
-   
-   
-   
(0.87)  

$

$

$

$

(6,143)
- 
- 
(2,703)
(8,846)

1,555,988 

(3.95)
- 
- 
(1.74)
(5.69)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below are basic and diluted loss per share data for the year ended December 31, 2018, which are in thousands except for share and per share data:

Basic
Calculation

Effect of
Dilutive
Warrant
Securities

Diluted
Calculation

$

$

$

$

(9,689)  
(324)  
1,361   
(13,900)  
(22,552)  

364,602   

(26.57)  
(0.89)  
3.73   
(38.12)  
(61.85)  

Numerator:

Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Deemed dividend and accretion of a discount
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Denominator:

Number of shares used in per common share calculations:

Net loss per common share:

Loss from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Gain from disposal of discontinued operations
Deemed dividend and accretion of a discount
Net loss attributable to common stockholders

2. Inventories

The components of inventory were as follows (in thousands):

Raw materials
WIP
Finished goods

3. Property and Equipment

The following is a summary of the components of property and equipment (in thousands):

Manufacturing and lab equipment
Leasehold improvements
Software and computer equipment
Furniture and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(6,899)  
-   
-   
-   
(6,899)  

19,253   

(16.64)  
0.04   
(0.19)  
1.91   
(14.88)  

$

$

$

$

As of December 31,

2019

2018

533   
106   
-   
639   

$

$

As of December 31,

2019

2018

247   
941   
636   
82   
1,906   
(1,716)  
190   

$

$

(16,588)
(324)
1,361 
(13,900)
(29,451)

383,855 

(43.21)
(0.85)
3.54 
(36.21)
(76.73)

624 
47 
5 
676 

234 
863 
745 
635 
2,477 
(2,353)
124 

Depreciation expense for 2019 was approximately $0.1 million. Depreciation expense for 2018 was approximately $0.5 million, with $0.1 million from continuing operations
and $0.4 million from discontinued operations.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

Trademarks
Less: accumulated amortization

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

50   
(9)  
41   

$

$

50 
(4)
46 

Amortization  expense  for  2019  was  approximately  $5.0  thousand.  Amortization  expense  for  2018  was  approximately  $0.4  million,  with  $4.0  thousand  from  continued
operations and $0.396 million from discontinued operations.

5. Fair Value Measurements

Financial Instruments Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The  Company  has  issued  certain  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock,  which  are  considered  mark-to-market  liabilities  and  are  re-measured  to  fair  value  at  each
reporting period in accordance with accounting guidance. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date, under a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1

- quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2

- observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets but corroborated by market data.

Level 3

- unobservable  inputs reflecting  management’s  assumptions,  consistent  with  reasonably  available  assumptions  made  by  other  market  participants.  These

valuations require significant judgment.

The Company classifies assets and liabilities measured at fair value in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement. No
financial  assets  were  measured  on  a  recurring  basis  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018.  The  following  tables  set  forth  the  financial  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a
recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Description
Derivative liability

Common stock warrants

Description
Derivative liability

Common stock warrants

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2019
(in thousands)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$

$

-   

$

-   

$

220   

$

220 

Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2018
(in thousands)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

-   

$

-   

$

1,566   

$

1,566 

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018. The following table presents a reconciliation of the derivative liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level
3) during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2017

Issuance of derivatives
Change in fair value
Exercise of warrants
Other, net

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Issuance of derivatives
Change in fair value
Exercise of warrants
Other, net

Balance as of December 31, 2019

Common Stock Warrants

Common Stock
Warrants

(1,357)
(7,577)
7,005 
575 
(212)
(1,566)
- 
1,303 
44 
(1)
(220)

$

$

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, approximately $0.2 million and $1.6 million  respectively,  of  the  derivative  liabilities  were  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton
valuation model. As of and December 31, 2019 and 2018, no significant amount of the derivative liability was calculated using the Monte Carlo valuation model.

The assumptions used in estimating the common stock warrant liability using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average expected volatility

F-16

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

1.62% 
3.4 

-% 
64% 

2.51%
0.9 

-%
157%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Instruments

The Company’s recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, account and other receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values based on
their short-term nature. The recorded value of notes payable approximates the fair value as the interest rate approximates market interest rates.

6. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Payroll and related expenses
Resterilization and repackaging costs
Other

7. Debt

L2 Capital Debt

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

589   
392   
285   
1,266   

$

$

388 
344 
106 
838 

On January 31, 2018, the Company signed a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of up to $0.84 million (the “L2 Note”) for an aggregate purchase price of up to
$0.75 million and warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 68,257 shares of common stock (the “Warrants”) at an exercise price of $3.31 per share. The maturity date was six
months from date of funding. The L2 Note’s interest rate was 8% per year and a default interest rate of 18% per year.

On May 14, 2018, the Company closed on an underwritten public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15.0 million.
Part of the proceeds from this offering were used to pay off the outstanding debt with L2 Capital. The total payoff was $1.1 million, with $0.7 million in principal and $0.4
million in interest.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hercules and MEF I, LP/Anson Investments Debt Exchange

On January 3, 2018, the Company entered into an Assignment Agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) with MEF I, LP and Anson Investments Master Fund (collectively the
“Assignees” and each an “Assignee”), Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”) and Hercules Capital, Inc. (“HC” and, together with HT III, “Hercules”), pursuant to which
Hercules assigned to the Assignees all amounts remaining due under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2014, as amended, between the Company and Hercules
(the “Loan and Security Agreement”) and (2) the note (the “Hercules Note”) between the Company and Hercules evidencing the amounts due under the Loan and Security
Agreement. The total amount assigned by Hercules to the Assignees in the aggregate was $2.3 million and was secured by the same collateral underlying the Loan and Security
Agreement. Subsequently, the Company entered into an exchange agreement pursuant to which the Assignees agreed to exchange the Hercules Term Loan obligation acquired
by them for two senior secured convertible promissory notes issued by the Company, each in the principal amount of $1.1 million for an aggregate principal amount of $2.2
million, (the “Exchange Notes”). The Exchange Notes were scheduled to mature on February 3, 2019 (the “Maturity Date”). The Exchange Notes had interest at a rate of 15%
per  annum.  The  Exchange  Notes  were  secured  by  a  first  priority  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  Company  assets,  including  intellectual  property,  and  contained
covenants restricting payments to certain of our affiliates.

On May 14, 2018, the Company closed on an underwritten public offering of units, consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of $15.0 million.
Part of the proceeds from this offering were used to pay off the outstanding debt with MEF I, L.P and Anson Investments. The total payoff was $1.6 million, with $1.4 million in
principal and $0.2 million in interest.

North Stadium Term Loan – Related Party

On July 28, 2017, the Company entered into a $2.5 million term loan (the “North Stadium Loan”) with North Stadium Investments, LLC (“North Stadium”), a company owned
and controlled by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. The North Stadium Loan bore interest at 10% per annum and required the Company to
make  monthly  interest  only  payments  from  September  5,  2017  through  July  5,  2018. All  principal  and  unpaid  interest  (if  any)  under  the  North  Stadium  Loan  was  due  and
payable on July 28, 2018. The North Stadium Loan was secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets but was junior to security interest in assets encumbered by the
Hercules  Term  Loan  (see  below).  In  connection  with  the  North  Stadium  Loan  the  Company  also  issued  North  Stadium  a  warrant  to  purchase  up  to  1,833  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $151.20 per share, subject to a 5-year term. The relative estimated value of the warrants on the date of grant approximated $0.2
million, which was being amortized as interest expense over the life of the term loan.

On October 1, 2018, CTL Medical assumed the North Stadium Term Loan debt as part of the sale of the retail spine business. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has been
released by North Stadium from any and all obligations related to this debt.

Hercules Term Loan

On June 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules which provided the Company with a $20.0 million term loan. The Hercules Term
Loan matured on January 1, 2018. The Hercules Term Loan included a $0.2 million closing fee, which was paid to Hercules on the closing date of the loan. The closing fee was
recorded as a debt discount and was being amortized to interest expense over the life of the loan. The Hercules Term Loan also included a non-refundable final payment fee of
$1.7 million. The final payment fee was being accrued and recorded to interest expense over the life of the loan.

On January 3, 2018, the Hercules Term Loan and all amounts owing thereunder was assigned to MEF I and Anson Investments. See discussion above under “Hercules  and
MEF I, LP/Anson Investments Debt Exchange” for a more detailed description of that transaction.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment Loan

In  September  2019  the  Company  entered  into  a  debt  arrangement  with  a  finance  company  to  purchase  equipment.  The  debt  balance  at  September  30,  2019,  totaled  $20
thousand. The debt incurs interest at 12%, is collateralized by the equipment and is payable in monthly payments of $1 thousand (including interest) over 36 months.

8. Equity

2019 and 2018 Preferred Stock Conversions

During 2018, Series B Convertible Preferred shareholders of the Company converted 10,926 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into 569,966 shares of common
stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, Series B Convertible Preferred shareholders of the Company converted 3,825 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into
1,143,784 shares of common stock.

2019 and 2018 Warrant Exercise

During August 2018, pursuant to the cashless exercise provision contained in their warrant, L2 Capital exercised its warrants and was issued 8,069 shares of common stock.
The L2 Capital warrant is no longer outstanding.

During May 2018, the Company closed on a public offering, consisting of both convertible preferred stock and warrants. During July 2018, 998 of the warrants were exercised
and converted into 998 shares of common stock.

During  March  2018,  the  Company  repriced  832,000  warrants  dated  July  8,  2016,  from  $12  to  $2.125  (for  further  description  see  “Warrant  Reprice  March  2018”  below).
During May 2018, an additional 145,834 of the repriced warrants were exercised resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of $0.3 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 35,874 warrants were exercised resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $0.1 million.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
May 2018 Unit Offering

On May 14, 2018, the Company closed on an underwritten public offering of units (“the Units”), consisting of convertible preferred stock and warrants, for gross proceeds of
$15.0 million, which excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by SINTX. The offering was priced at a public offering price of $1,000
per unit. Each unit consisted of one share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, with a stated value of $1,100, and warrants to purchase up to 758 shares of common stock
(the “May 2018 Warrants”). The May 2018 Warrants are initially exercisable at an exercise price of $1.60 per share and expire 5 years from the date of issuance. The Series B
Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of common stock by dividing the stated value of $1,100 by: (i) for the first 40 trading days following the closing of this offering,
$1.4512 (the “Conversion Price”), (ii) after 40 trading days but prior to the 81st trading day, the lesser of  (a) the Conversion Price and (b) 87.5% of the lowest volume weighted
average price for our Common Stock as reported at the close of trading on the market reporting trade prices for the Common Stock during the five trading days prior to the 41st
trading day, and (iii) after 80 trading days, the lesser of  (a) the Conversion Price and (b) 87.5% of the lowest volume weighted average price for our Common Stock as reported
at the close of trading on the market reporting trade prices for the Common Stock during the five trading days prior to the date of the notice of conversion. In the case of (ii)(b)
and (iii)(b) above, the share price shall not be less than $0.48 (the “Floor Price”). Each of the Conversion Price and Floor Price is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances.

The Company raised $15.0 million associated with the issuance of the Units, with $6.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.6 million, allocated to the preferred stock and $6.9
million, net of issuance costs of $0.7 million, allocated to the warrants. In association with the warrants that were recorded as a derivative liability, the Company immediately
expensed approximately $0.7 million of issuance costs. The 15,000 preferred shares were initially convertible into 11,369,900 shares of common stock and had an effective
conversion rate of $1.45 per share based on the proceeds that were allocated to them. The conversion price was adjusted to $0.6543, effective July 12, 2018, and was adjusted
again on September 7, 2018 to $0.48.

Warrant Reprice March 2018

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company entered into a warrant amendment agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”) with certain holders of previously
issued Series E Common Stock Purchase Warrants (collectively, “Investors”). In connection with that certain Series E Common Stock Purchase Warrant between the Company
and Investors dated July 8, 2016, the Company issued to Investors warrants to purchase up to 832,000 shares of common stock (the “Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of
$12.00 per share, (the “Investors Warrants”). Under the terms of the Amendment Agreement, in consideration of Investors exercising 668,335 of the Investors Warrants (the
“Warrant Exercise”), the exercise price per share of the Investors Warrants was reduced to $2.125 per share. 668,335 of the Investors Warrants were exercised resulting in gross
proceeds to the Company of $1.4 million before payment of placement agent fees and costs. In addition, and as further consideration, the Company issued to Investors new
warrants to purchase up to the number of shares of common stock equal to 100% of the number of Warrant Shares issued pursuant to the Warrant Exercise at an exercise price
per share equal to $2.00 per share.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 ATM Stock Offerings

On June 4, 2019, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement, (the “Distribution Agreement”), with Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”), pursuant to which the
Company may sell from time to time, shares of its common stock, having an aggregate offering price of up to $1.6 million through Maxim, as agent (the “ATM Offering”). On
September 12, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment to the Distribution Agreement with Maxim, which increased the maximum aggregate offering price of the shares
of  the  Company’s  common  stock  from  $1.6  million  to  $2.5  million.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Distribution Agreement,  Maxim  will  use  its  commercially
reasonable efforts to sell the shares from time to time, based on the Company’s instructions. The Company has no obligation to sell any of the shares and may at any time
suspend offers under the Distribution Agreement. The Offering will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of Shares having an aggregate offering price of $2.5 million, (ii) the
termination of the Distribution Agreement by either Maxim or the Company upon the provision of fifteen (15) days written notice, or (iii) September 12, 2020. The Company
agrees to pay Maxim a transaction fee at a fixed rate of 4.25% of the gross sales price of shares sold under the Distribution Agreement and agreed to provide indemnification
and contribution to Maxim with respect to certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. During the year ended December 31,
2019, the Company raised approximately $1.5 million, net of fees, through the issuance of 527,896 shares of common stock under the Distribution Agreement with Maxim. The
Company is eligible to raise an additional $0.8 million under this offering.

9. Stock-Based Compensation

The  Company  recorded  no  outstanding  stock  option  activity  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018. As  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  had  377
options exercisable and outstanding with a weighted average exercisable price of approximately $7,447. The weighted average remaining contractual life was 5.3 years and 6.3
years as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively. The options hold no intrinsic value. Total stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of
operations was $2 thousand and $42 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no significant unrecognized stock-based compensation
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes.

The following is a reconciliation of the expected statutory federal income tax provision to the actual income tax expense:

Federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Return to provision
Equity related expenses
Change in valuation allowance
Goodwill impairment
Other permanent differences
Total income tax expense

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Stock-based compensation
Inventory reserve
Federal R&D credit
Accrued expenses
Depreciation
Intangibles
Other

Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation
Intangibles

Total deferred tax liabilities
Less valuation allowance
Net deferred tax liability

Pre-tax book income tax at statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Return to provision
Equity related expenses
Change in statutory rate
Change in valuation allowance
Other
Total income tax expense

December 31,

2019

2018

(21.0)% 
(7.0)% 
(11.2)% 
(5.7)% 
44.9%  
0.0%  
0.0%  
0.0%  

December 31,

2019

2018

$

48,104   
2,918   
-   
2,222   
112   
27   
1   
-   
53,384   

-   
-   

-   
(53,384)  
-   

$

December 31,

2019

2018

(1,007)  
(336)  
(538)  
(274)  
-   
2,153   
2   
-   

$

$

(21.0)%
(2.9)%
0.0%
(10.7)%
17.7%
14.7%
2.2%
0.0%

46,096 
2,918 
- 
2,222 
49 
- 
- 
98 
51,383 

(31)
(134)

(165)
(51,352)
(134)

(1,845)
(252)
4 
501 
- 
1,556 
36 
- 

$

$

$

$

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $192.8 million and $184.8
million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will expire from 2024 to 2038, unless previously utilized. Additionally, the Company believes an
ownership change has occurred that would trigger the limitation on usage of net operating losses imposed by Internal Revenue Code section 382. Because of this limitation, a
significant portion of the net operating losses would more likely than not expire unused.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized no amounts related to interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The Company is
subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. The Company currently has no years under examination by any jurisdiction.

A valuation allowance has been established as realization of such deferred tax assets has not met the more likely-than-not threshold requirement. If the Company’s judgment
changes and it is determined that the Company will be able to realize these deferred tax assets, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax
assets will be accounted for as a reduction to income tax expense. The tax valuation allowance increased by approximately $2.2 million and $1.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Commitment and Contingencies

The Company has executed agreements with certain executive officers of the Company which, upon the occurrence of certain events related to a change in control, call for
payments to the executives up to three times their annual salary and accelerated vesting of previously granted stock options.

From time to time, the Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings covering matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business activities. Management
believes any liability that may ultimately result from the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position,
operating results or cash flows.

12. 401(k) Plan

Effective  June  1,  2004,  the  Company  adopted  a  defined  contribution  retirement  plan  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  The  plan  covers  substantially  all
employees. Eligible employees may contribute amounts to the plan, via payroll withholdings, subject to certain limitations. The plan permits, but does not require, additional
matching  contributions  to  the  plan  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the  participants  in  the  plan.  The  Company  incurred  approximately  $0.1  million  relating  to  retirement
contributions for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

13. Note Receivable

On October 1, 2018, the Company completed the sale of its spine business to CTL Medical. The sale included a $6 million noninterest bearing note receivable. The 36-month
term  of  the  note  receivable  requires  18  payments  of  $138,889  followed  by  18  payments  of  $194,444,  with  maturing  of  the  note  receivable  on  October  1,  2021.  The  note
receivable  includes  an  imputed  interest  rate  of  10%,  which  totaled  $915,725  as  of  October  31,  2018,  and  has  a  36-month  amortization. As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  net
carrying value of the note receivable was $3.7 million.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Discontinued Operations

As explained in Note 1, on October 1, 2018, the Company completed the sale of its retail spine business to CTL Medical The gain on the sale of the retail spine business is
estimated to approximate $1.4 million, which was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company and CTL Medical entered in an asset purchase agreement whereby CTL Medical agreed to acquire all of the Company’s commercial spine business for total
consideration of $8.5 million, which includes a $6.0 million (including interest) note receivable (See Note 13) and CTL Medical’s assumption of the Company’s $2.5 million
related  party  note  payable  (see  Note  7). As  a  result  of  the  closing,  CTL  Medical  is  now  the  exclusive  owner  of  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  metal  and  silicon  nitride  spine
products, which are presently sold under the brand names of Taurus, Preference, and Valeo, with access to future silicon nitride spine technologies. The Company has agreed to
pay the cost, if any, to re-sterilize and re-package select silicon nitride spinal inventories sold to CTL Medical if the sterilization date expires prior to CTL Medical selling the
inventories to a third-party customer. On October 1, 2018 the Company estimated the sterilization and repackaging cost to approximate $0.5 million. Manufacturing, R&D, and
all intellectual property related to the core, non-spine, biomaterial technology of silicon nitride remains with the Company in Salt Lake City. The Company will serve as CTL’s
exclusive OEM provider of silicon nitride products.

15. Leases

The  Company  leases  office,  warehouse  and  manufacturing  space  under  a  single  operating  lease,  which  lease  originally  expired  during  2019  (see  Note  1  under Accounting
Pronouncements Adopted During the year ended December 31, 2019). On June 7, 2019, the lease was amended to extend the rental period through 2024 and reduce the amount
of  space  leased  from  54,428  square  feet  to  29,534  square  feet.  The  new  rent  is  effective  January  1,  2020.  The  amended  lease  has  two  five-year  extension  options. As  of
December 31, 2019, the operating lease right-of-use asset totaled approximately $2.3 million and the operating lease liability totaled approximately $2.2 million. Amortization
of  right  of  use  asset  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  totaled  approximately  $0.4  million. As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  for  the
Company’s operating lease totaled 6.5%. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a loss of approximately $0.1 million in association with the lease
amendment.

Leases  with  an  initial  term  of  12  months  or  less  are  not  recorded  on  the  balance  sheet.  Lease  expense  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease.  The
Company accounts for lease components separately from the non-lease components. The depreciable life of the assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected
lease term.

Operating lease future minimum payments together with the present values as of December 31, 2019, are summarized as follows:

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024

Total future minimum lease payments
Less amounts representing interests
Present value of lease liability

Current-portion of operating lease liability
Long-term portion operating lease liability

16. Subsequent Events

December 31,
2019

494 
509 
525 
540 
557 
2,625 
(398)
2,227 

360 
1,867 

$

$

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 25, 2020, the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

As  a  result  of  the  spread  of  the  COVID-19  Coronavius,  economic  uncertainties  have  arisen  across  a  range  of  industries.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the
Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, impact on our customer, employees
and  vendors,  all  of  which  are  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted. As  of  March  24,  2020,  the  extent  to  which  COVUID-19  may  impact  our  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations is uncertain. Events occurring after that date have not been evaluated to determine whether a change in the financial statements would be required.

During  February  2020,  the  Company  closed  on  a  rights  offering  capital  raise  wherein  the  Company’s  holders  of  common  stock,  Series  B  Preferred  Stock,  and  certain
outstanding warrants on the date of record, obtained, at no charge, non-transferable subscription rights to purchase units (“Units”). Each Unit consisted of one share of Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) and 675 warrants to purchase common stock (“Warrants”). Each Unit sold for $1,000. Each share of the Preferred Stock is
convertible, at the Company’s option at any time on or after the first anniversary of the expiration of the rights offering or at the option of the holder at any time, into a number
of shares of our common stock equal to the quotient of the stated value of the Preferred Stock ($1,000) divided by the Conversion Price ($1.4814 per share). Each Warrant is
exercisable for one share of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share from the date of issuance through its expiration five years from the date of issuance. The
Warrants also contain a cashless exercise provision that allows the holder to receive 70% of the common stock otherwise available to the holder electing the $1.50 cashless
exercise provision. The Company issued 9,440 Units, which includes 6,372,000 Warrants exercisable into shares of our common stock and preferred shares that are convertible
into 6,372,350 shares of Common Stock, for gross proceeds of $9.4 million.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

EXHIBIT 4.18

SINTX Technologies, Inc. (“SINTX,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) has one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: our
common stock.

Authorized Shares of Capital Stock

Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 130,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $0.01 per share. The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and some of the provisions of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated
Bylaws, and the Delaware General Corporation Law. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you and is subject to and
qualified in its entirety by our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Restated Bylaws.

Our  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  our  Restated  Bylaws  contain  certain  provisions  that  are  intended  to  enhance  the  likelihood  of  continuity  and  stability  in  the
composition  of  the  board  of  directors,  which  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying,  deferring  or  preventing  a  future  takeover  or  change  in  control  of  the  Company  unless  such
takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting
rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote can elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to  time  by  our  board  of  directors  out  of  funds  legally  available  for  dividend  payments. All  outstanding  shares  of  our  common  stock  are  fully  paid  and  nonassessable.  The
holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre- emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to our common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our
assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred
stock, if any.

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company. The transfer agent and the registrar’s address is 59 Maiden Lane, New
York, New York 10038.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SINT”.

Effects of Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

The provisions of (1) Delaware law, (2) our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (3) our Restated Bylaws discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to
prevail in a proxy contest or effect other change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock. It is possible that these
provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish, or could deter, transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interests or our best interests.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of
directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our
vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. These provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. These provisions also may
have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delaware  Statutory  Business  Combinations  Provision. We  are  subject  to  the  anti-takeover  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  In  general,
Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date
of  the  transaction  in  which  the  person  became  an  interested  stockholder,  unless  the  business  combination  is,  or  the  transaction  in  which  the  person  became  an  interested
stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. For purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” is defined broadly to include
a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and, subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person
who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Classified Board of Directors; Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies; Removal of Directors for Cause. Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of
directors will be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Each year the stockholders will elect the members of one of the three classes to a three-year
term of office. All directors elected to our classified board of directors will serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors or their earlier resignation or
removal. The board of directors is authorized to create new directorships and to fill any positions so created and is permitted to specify the class to which any new position is
assigned.  The  person  filling  any  of  these  positions  would  serve  for  the  term  applicable  to  that  class.  The  board  of  directors  (or  its  remaining  members,  even  if  less  than  a
quorum) is also empowered to fill vacancies on the board of directors occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of the class of directors in which the vacancy
occurred. Members of the board of directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock. These
provisions are likely to increase the time required for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors. For example, in general, at least two annual meetings
will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Authorization  of  Blank  Check  Preferred  Stock. Our  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  our  board  of  directors  is  authorized  to  issue,  without  stockholder
approval, blank check preferred stock. Blank check preferred stock can operate as a defensive measure known as a “poison pill” by diluting the stock ownership of a potential
hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our board of directors.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Nominations of Directors. Our Restated Bylaws provide that, for nominations to the board of directors or
for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely notice of the proposal in writing to our
Secretary. For an annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the mailing date
of the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting. For a special meeting, the notice must generally be delivered no less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to
the special meeting or ten days following the day on which public announcement of the meeting is first made. Detailed requirements as to the form of the notice and information
required in the notice are specified in our Restated Bylaws. If it is determined that business was not properly brought before a meeting in accordance with our bylaw provisions,
this business will not be conducted at the meeting.

Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total
number of directors.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not permit our stockholders to act by written consent. As a result, any action to be
affected by our stockholders must be affected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders.

Super-Majority Stockholder Vote required for Certain Actions. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the
case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock
to amend or repeal any of the provisions discussed in this section entitled “Effect of Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Restated Bylaws
and Delaware Law” or to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock. This 80% stockholder vote would be in addition to any separate class
vote that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any preferred stock that might then be outstanding. An 80% vote is also required for any amendment to, or
repeal of, our Restated Bylaws by the stockholders. Our Restated Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a simple majority vote of the board of directors.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Potential Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock

We  have  shares  of  common  stock  and  preferred  stock  available  for  future  issuance  without  stockholder  approval.  We  may  utilize  these  additional  shares  for  a  variety  of
corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate corporate acquisitions or payment as a dividend on the capital stock.

The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management or to
issue preferred stock with terms that could render more difficult or discourage a third-party attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or
otherwise, thereby protecting the continuity of our management. In addition, the board of directors has the discretion to determine designations, rights, preferences, privileges
and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock, all to the fullest
extent permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law and subject to any limitations set forth in our certificate of incorporation. The purpose of authorizing the board
of directors to issue preferred stock and to determine the rights and preferences applicable to such preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on
specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could
have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third-party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

SINTX Technologies, Inc. (previously known as Amedica Corporation)
Salt Lake City, Utah

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-1 (Nos. 333-223032 and 333-234438), Form S-3 (Nos. 333-207289, 333-205545,
333-214804, and 333-230492) and Form S-8 (No. 333-194977) of SINTX Technologies, Inc. (the Company) of our report dated March 25, 2020, relating to our audit of the
financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SINTX Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019.

/s/ Tanner LLC
March 25, 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

I, B. Sonny Bal, certify that:

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SINTX Technologies, Inc. (previously known as Amedica Corporation);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,

in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial

condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules

13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial

reporting.

Date: March 25, 2020

By:

/s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, B. Sonny Bal, certify that:

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SINTX Technologies, Inc. (previously known as Amedica Corporation);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,

in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial

condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules

13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely

affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial

reporting.

Date: March 25, 2020

By:

/s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Principal Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 906

Exhibit 32

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned
officers of SINTX Technologies, Inc. (previously known as Amedica Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge,
that:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.

Date: March 25, 2020

By:

/s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer